Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Incitec Pivot Limited

Incitec Pivot Limited

ipl · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker ipl
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Incitec Pivot Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT 2018

OUR OPERATIONS

Ankara
Soma

i e

TURKEY

CHINA

PAKISTAN

INDIA

i

Linyi (Fabchem)
New Delhi
Hong Kong

Batu Arang (TKEB)

i

SOUTH
AFRICA

Sibolga
Tanjung Tabalong
Jakarta
Batu Kajang

i

i

Johannesburg (SASOL Dyno Nobel)
Johannesburg (DetNet)

Port Hedland
Mt Isa
Phosphate Hill

Kalgoorlie
Perth
Port Lincoln
Port Adelaide
Portland

e

e

e

e

a

e

e

Muara Tuhup
Tenggarong
Berau
PAPUA NEW GUINEA
Lihir

e

e

INDONESIA

e

a

Moranbah
Townsville

AUSTRALIA

e

i

e

Moura
(Queensland Nitrates)

Gibson Island
Helidon
Kooragang Island
Warkworth

Melbourne
Geelong
Devonport

Ekati

Diavik

e

e

CANADA

Flin Flon

e

Tumbler Ridge

Calgary

Biwabik

St Helens

Barry

Salt Lake City

Cheyenne

Carthage

a

e

e

a

e

i

a

i

Louisiana, Missouri
Waggaman, Louisiana

Dinamita

Gomez Palacios

Guadalajara

e

USA

MEXICO

Mary River

e

Meadowbank

e

e

a

e

i

a

e

e

e

i

i

Ishpeming

North Bay

Maitland

Boisbriand

Ormstown

Simsbury

Donora

Duffield

Van Wyck

Brooksville

Graham

Wolf Lake

LATIN

AMERICA

La Serena

i

Santiago

OUR PURPOSE

Making people’s lives better by 

unlocking the world’s natural 

resources through innovation 

on the ground.

Ankara

Soma

i e

TURKEY

CHINA

PAKISTAN

INDIA

i

Linyi (Fabchem)

New Delhi

Hong Kong

e

e

e

Muara Tuhup

Tenggarong

Berau

PAPUA NEW GUINEA

e

Lihir

SOUTH

AFRICA

i

i

Johannesburg (SASOL Dyno Nobel)

Johannesburg (DetNet)

Batu Arang (TKEB)

i

Sibolga

Tanjung Tabalong

Jakarta

Batu Kajang

e

e

e

a

Port Hedland

e

Mt Isa

Phosphate Hill

Kalgoorlie

Perth

Port Lincoln

Port Adelaide

Portland

INDONESIA

AUSTRALIA

e

a

Moranbah

Townsville

e

Moura

(Queensland Nitrates)

Gibson Island

Helidon

Kooragang Island

Warkworth

i

e

Melbourne

Geelong

Devonport

Ekati
Diavik

e

e

CANADA

Flin Flon
Tumbler Ridge
Calgary
Biwabik
St Helens
Barry
Salt Lake City
Cheyenne
Carthage
Louisiana, Missouri
Waggaman, Louisiana
Dinamita
Gomez Palacios
Guadalajara

e

e

a

e

i

a

i

e

a

e

USA

MEXICO

Mary River

e

Meadowbank

e

e

a

e

i

a

e

e

e

i

i

Ishpeming
North Bay
Maitland
Boisbriand
Ormstown
Simsbury

Donora
Duffield
Van Wyck
Brooksville
Graham
Wolf Lake

LATIN
AMERICA

La Serena
Santiago

i

Incitec Pivot Limited

Company Headquarters

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
Corporate Office
Manufacturing/Distribution
Quantum Fertilisers

Dyno Nobel

Corporate Office
Manufacturing/Distribution
Joint Ventures/Investments

Manufacturing legend

i

e

Initiation
Emulsion

ANa
a Long term AN supplier

CONTENTS

Chairman’s Report  

Managing Director & CEO’s Report  

Board of Directors  

Executive Team 

Sustainability Report 

Directors’ Report 
–  Remuneration Report 

Financial Report  

ii

iii

iv

v

vi

1 
23

45

Chairman’s Report

I am pleased to report to our shareholders on  
your Company’s strong result under new executive 
leadership in the 2018 financial year. 

FY18 has been an important year for the Company, as your 
Board and the businesses welcomed Jeanne Johns as our new 
Managing Director & CEO. Jeanne has focused on evolving our 
strategic agenda, in close consultation with the Board, and 
has put in place a new executive leadership team and 
structure to support its delivery. This includes a sharp focus  
on execution and leveraging of our premium technology 
across our global customer base.

The Board remains committed to a step change in the 
Company’s Zero Harm strategy and is confident that it will 
continue to improve safety performance across the Group. Zero 
Harm remains the Company’s number one priority for its 
people, customers and stakeholders every day and everywhere. 

We have high quality, strategically located assets in our 
chosen markets and we are seeing some improvement in 
market conditions. Our business is underpinned by strong 
fundamentals with our customers’ businesses driven by  
the growth in demand for food across Asia and continued 
demand for the resources needed to build infrastructure and 
technology across the globe. 

We reported a 9% increase in Net Profit After Tax of $347.4 
million (excluding individually material items of $139.5 million) 
and this was underpinned by a strong operating performance in 
both our Explosives and our Fertilisers businesses. Earnings 
Before Interest and Tax increased 11% to $556.7 million and 
Earnings Per Share also increased 11% to 20.9 cents per share, 
versus 18.9 cents in FY17. Further information on our 
businesses’ results is included in the Operating and Financial 
Review commencing on page 6.

While our manufacturing performance was impacted by 
turnarounds at Phosphate Hill, Cheyenne and St Helens, the 
team delivered outstanding results at our Waggaman plant, 
which ran at 103% of nameplate production for the year,  
and record production at Moranbah. We also saw increased 
penetration of our premium technology with considerable 
more potential to be unlocked as this is rolled out across  
key markets and sectors. 

Aligned with our commitment to deliver returns to our 
shareholders we spent $210 million as part of our $300 
million share buyback and this buy-back program is expected 
to be completed in the first half of calendar year 2019. In 
addition, the Board declared a final dividend of 6.2 cents per 
share 20% franked, taking the full year dividend to 10.7 cents 
per share, representing a payout ratio for the year of 
approximately 50%. We have a strong balance sheet and 
finished the year with a Net Debt to EBITDA ratio of 1.6 times. 

The Board is confident that the Company’s strategic direction 
is well placed to take advantage of our high-quality assets 
and improving market conditions. We will continue to focus 
on driving organic growth through delivering on our strategic 
agenda as well as investigating inorganic growth aligned to 

ii

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

our core competencies in fertilisers and explosives. We will of 
course be disciplined and driven by shareholder returns. 

We continue to be committed to proactively managing those 
issues which are most material to the long-term sustainability 
of our business, the environment and the communities in which 
we operate, as outlined in our Sustainability Report on page vi. 
In assessing the risks and opportunities associated with climate 
change, we have strengthened our Risk Management processes 
using future climate scenarios to assess the Company’s risks and 
opportunities. Those risks considered to be material are 
reported in the Principal Risks section on page 15.

We also remain committed to the gender diversity target we 
set last year of 25% participation of women in our workforce 
by September 2022. 

Our commitment to sustainability is also recognised with our 
inclusion in the 2018 Dow Jones Sustainability Index, which is 
widely recognised as a leading reference point for its robust 
assessment process. Incitec Pivot Limited has been above the 
Chemicals Sector average for the last seven years and has 
been included in this index since 2010. 

I would like to take this opportunity to thank my fellow Board 
members for their contribution during the 2018 financial year. 
Graham Smorgon, who is retiring this year, has been an 
outstanding Non-Executive Director of Incitec Pivot Limited 
with his manufacturing experience and commercial expertise. 
On behalf of the whole Board, I would like to thank Graham 
for his wisdom and guidance.

With Graham Smorgon’s retirement at the Annual General 
Meeting on 20 December 2018, I would like to welcome Bruce 
Brook, a highly experienced company director in Australian and 
US listed companies, who joins the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director from 3 December 2018. Mr Brook will offer himself for 
re-election at this year’s shareholders’ meeting.

I would also like to thank shareholders for their support, 
particularly over the last couple of years as the business has 
navigated some challenging market conditions. And of course, 
I must thank and recognise our resources, agricultural and 
industrial customers, whose support is integral to the success 
of our business. Finally, I would like to thank our Managing 
Director & CEO, the executive leadership team and our whole 
team of 4,500 people across the Americas and Asia Pacific.

In looking ahead, the Board is confident the Company has the 
right strategy, team and assets to generate value for its 
shareholders well into the future. 

Paul Brasher 
Chairman

Managing Director & CEO’s Report

I am pleased to have the opportunity to report to 
you in my first year as Managing Director & CEO 
which has delivered a strong result across the Group, 
with an improved outlook in our key markets.

Our deep commitment to Zero Harm for our people and all 
our stakeholders continues to be our number one priority. 
Whilst we achieved our core safety target of Total Recordable 
Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) <1 in FY18, we are not 
satisfied with this performance. We are applying our 
continuous improvement mindset to re-focus our Zero Harm 
strategy, broadening and setting year-on-year improvement 
objectives across environmental care and process safety as 
well as targeting a 30% improvement in TRIFR by FY2021. 

Reflecting on FY18, IPL delivered a strong result with EBIT 
excluding IMIs up 11% to $556.7 million, reflecting the 
growth across both Explosives businesses, the exceptional 
operations at the new Waggaman facility in the US, solid 
underlying performance of the Australian Fertilisers business, 
and a strong operating cash flow of $662.7 million as 
referred to in the Operating and Financial Review 
commencing on page 6.

The year, however, was not without its challenges, as our 
long-term gas supply contract for the Gibson Island facility in 
Brisbane expired. We successfully secured interim gas supply 
for 2019, as well as a gas tenement for a potential long-
term supply solution. We are continuing to explore economic 
bridging gas supply for 2020 and 2021 and will leave no 
stone unturned to try to secure the future of the plant. 

We have also made significant progress with our strategic 
agenda through the year, which builds on our proud heritage 
and focuses on our core competencies, driving increased 
returns through our six value drivers – Zero Harm, Talented  
& Engaged People, Customer Focus, Leading Technology 
Solutions, Manufacturing Excellence and Profitable Growth. 
We call this One IPL, working collaboratively across the 
Company to deliver “Innovation on the Ground” to better 
serve our customers. 

Key to delivery of our One IPL mindset is a new leadership 
structure. Reflecting the importance of product technology, 
we elevated this function to the executive leadership team, 
promoting Rob Rounsley to the role of Group Chief 
Technology Development Officer. We also improved our 
Group commercial competency during the year with the 
appointment of Seth Hobby as Executive Commercial 
Director. Our three business Presidents all have a strong 
external customer focus, with the newest, Stephan Titze, 
President of Fertilisers, joining us in January 2019. 

Tim Wall joined as President of Global Manufacturing & 
Corporate HSE on 1 November to drive our focus on 
manufacturing excellence across all of our assets. We have 
the “right people in the right roles” in the Executive 
Leadership Team to deliver on our strategy.

We are leveraging our premium technology platform 
throughout all our geographies and sectors, including our 
proprietary Differential Energy offering. DeltaE has been in 
operation across the US over the last three years and is well 
established in the quarry and construction and hard rock 
segments where customers value its safety, environmental, 
and efficiency benefits. This technology is now being rolled 
out in the Asia Pacific business with trials being completed 
during the year in gold, iron ore and coal applications. 

We look towards FY19 with confidence as our businesses are 
well positioned in key markets. There is more upside from 
leveraging our premium technology in the US and we are 
building upon our reputation for innovative technology 
solutions with customers throughout the Asia Pacific. 
Australian customers are embracing our DigiShot Plus.4G 
detonator system and our DeltaE proprietary technology has 
strong demand for trials in the gold and iron ore markets in 
Australia. The business is well placed to benefit from the 
continued execution of our strategy as well as improved 
conditions across our markets.

I would like to thank our team for all their hard work during 
the year and also thank our customers, shareholders and 
other stakeholders who have supported our business during 
the year. I am looking forward to working with our team and 
customers to continue to drive our strategic agenda in the 
year ahead. 

Jeanne Johns 
Managing Director & CEO

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

iii

Board of Directors

Brian Kruger  
BEc

Non-executive director

Brian Kruger was appointed  
as a director on 5 June 2017. 
Brian is Chairman of the Audit 
and Risk Management 
Committee and a member of 
the Remuneration Committee.

Board of Directors as at 13 November 2018:
First row (l to r): Paul Brasher, Joseph Breunig, Kathryn Fagg, Brian Kruger.
Second row (l to r): Rebecca McGrath, Graham Smorgon AM, Jeanne Johns.

Paul Brasher  
BEc(Hons), FCA

Non-executive Chairman

Paul Brasher was appointed  
as a director on 29 September 
2010 and was appointed 
Chairman on 30 June 2012.  
Paul is also Chairman of the 
Nominations Committee and a 
member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee.

Joseph Breunig  
BS(Chemical Engineering), 
MBA

Non-executive director

Joseph Breunig was appointed 
as a director on 5 June 2017.  
Joe is a member of the Health, 
Safety, Environment and 
Community Committee.

Rebecca McGrath  
BTP(Hons), MASc, FAICD

Graham Smorgon AM  
B.Juris, LLB

Non-executive director

Non-executive director

Rebecca McGrath was  
appointed as a director on  
15 September 2011. Rebecca  
is Chairman of the Health, 
Safety, Environment and 
Community Committee and a 
member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee and 
the Nominations Committee.

Graham Smorgon was  
appointed as a director on  
19 December 2008. Graham  
is a member of the 
Nominations Committee and 
the Remuneration Committee.

Kathryn Fagg 
FTSE, BE(Hons), MCom(Hons), 
Hon.DBus(UNSW),  
Hon.DChemEng(UQ)

Non-executive director 

Kathryn Fagg was appointed  
as a director on 15 April 2014. 
Kathryn is Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee and 
a member of the Health, 
Safety, Environment and 
Community Committee.

Jeanne Johns  
B.S. Chemical Engineering, 
magna cum laude

Managing Director & CEO

Jeanne Johns commenced as 
Managing Director & CEO on  
15 November 2017. A global 
executive and chemical  
engineer building over 25  
years’ experience with BP in  
the international refining, 
petrochemicals, oil and gas 
industries, Jeanne has held a 
number of executive leadership 
roles across China, the United 
States and the United Kingdom. 
Jeanne is a member of the 
Health, Safety, Environment  
and Community Committee.

iv

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Executive Team

Executive Team for FY18 (L-R): James Crough, Alan Grace, Robert Rounsley, Greg Hayne, Jeanne Johns, Frank Micallef, Elizabeth Hunter, Seth Hobby,  
Nick Stratford.

Jeanne Johns B.S. Chemical  
Engineering, magna cum laude
Managing Director & CEO
See Board of Directors page.

Frank Micallef BBus, MAcc, FCPA,  
FFTA, FAICD
Chief Financial Officer
Frank joined IPL in May 2008 as General 
Manager, Treasury & Chief Financial Officer, 
Trading. Frank has significant experience in 
the explosives and mining industries and has 
held a variety of senior management 
positions in accounting and finance, treasury 
and investor relations. Frank was appointed 
as Chief Financial Officer in October 2009 and 
is currently a Board member of Queensland 
Nitrates Pty Ltd.

James Crough Bcomm, FCPA, MBA
President, Incitec Pivot Fertilisers 
(interim)
Jamie joined the Australian fertilisers  
business in November 2005, most recently 
holding the role of Chief Financial Officer 
across the Asia Pacific region before being 
appointed as Interim President of Incitec 
Pivot Fertilisers in January 2018. Jamie has 
been involved in a range of international 
commodity trading, global manufacturing, 
integrated supply chain, procurement, 
product management, sales and marketing 
activities for the business.  

Alan Grace BSc(Hons) Chem Eng.
President, Global Manufacturing  
& Corporate HSE
Alan joined IPL in 2000. He has over 30 
years’ experience in constructing and 
operating chemical processing plants. Alan 
has worked on many large projects in the 
oil and gas, petrochemical and chemicals 
sector, including ammonia and ammonium 
nitrate plants. 

In November 2018, Alan commenced the 
transition of the President Global 
Manufacturing & Corporate HSE role to  
Tim Wall. 

Greg Hayne BComm, MBA
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific
With over 20 years’ experience in 
international business development, 
operations and P&L management, Greg has 
held a number of senior leadership positions 
across Dyno Nobel US and Asia Pacific 
operations, including Vice President 
International Operations, Vice President South 
East Asia, President of Dyno Nobel Indonesia 
and Vice President of Marketing. Greg was 
appointed as President, Dyno Nobel Asia 
Pacific in January 2018.

Seth Hobby LL.B (Hons), Juris Doctorate
Executive Commercial Officer
Seth was appointed Executive Commercial 
Officer in January 2018 and brings to the role 
over ten years of international legal and 
business experience from across the IPL 
Group in both Asia Pacific and the US and  
has been involved in a number of major 
commercial and growth projects. Seth was 
previously Senior Vice President Nitrogen for 
Dyno Nobel Americas, and was pivotal in the 
build and commissioning of IPL’s world scale 
ammonia plant in Waggaman, Louisiana. 

Elizabeth Hunter BBus, MBA 
Chief Human Resources Officer  
& Shared Services
Elizabeth joined IPL as Chief HR Officer in 
October 2013, and in June 2016 was given 
the additional remit for developing IPL’s 
global Shared Services proposition. Elizabeth 
has over 20 years’ HR experience across 
healthcare, banking & financial services, 
industrials contracting & infrastructure 
industries.

Robert Rounsley MSc (Chem),  
BSc Hons (Chem), MBA
Chief Technology Development Officer
With over 20 years’ experience Rob was 
previously Senior Vice President Technology 
across the Asia Pacific and US regions.  
Rob was appointed as Chief Technology 
Development Officer in January 2018 and 
now leads IPL’s Global Technology Group, 
bringing an increased focus on value 
creation for IPL’s global explosives and 
fertiliser customers through technology  
and innovation.

Nick Stratford B.Ec, CA
President, Dyno Nobel Americas
Nick joined IPL in September 2008 and has 
held the roles of Group Financial Controller, 
General Manager Investor Relations and, 
after moving to the US in 2013, Chief 
Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
for Dyno Nobel Americas. Nick was appointed 
as President of the North American business 
in August 2016 and brings over 20 years of 
experience in international finance and 
business management. 

INCOMING PRESIDENT GLOBAL 
MANUFACTURING & CORPORATE HSE

Tim Wall LBE(Hons) Electrical Engineering, 
CPEng, GAICD
President Global Manufacturing  
& Corporate HSE (Commenced 1 November 2018)
Tim was appointed in November 2018.  
Tim’s previous role was General Manager, 
Manufacturing at Caltex Australia, and prior 
to this he worked across Australia and the UK 
for BP. Tim is currently a board member of 
National Association of Women in Operations.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

v

Sustainability Report

Approach
Sustainability Strategy

IPL is committed to operating in a manner which acknowledges 
and proactively manages those issues which are most material 
to the long-term sustainability of its business, the environment 
and the communities in which it operates. This commitment 
is driven by IPL’s company values. IPL defines sustainability 
as ‘the creation of long term economic value whilst caring 
for our people, our communities and our environment’. Since 
its initial approval by the Board, IPL’s Sustainability Strategy 
has undergone review, and now includes the sustainable 
development of its supply chain. Our Company Purpose and 
seven Values guide our approach to sustainability:

PURPOSE STATEMENT

“Our purpose is to make people’s lives better by unlocking 
the world’s natural resources through innovation on the 
ground. We believe that we can fulfill our purpose through 
collaboration with the people that are most important to us, 
our Customers, our Employees and our Shareholders.”

OUR VALUES

Our Values define who we are and what we do every day. 
These are what guide our actions:

Continuous Improvement through Business Excellence (BEx)
Challenging and improving the status quo is one of IPL’s values 
which is actioned through continuous improvement efforts. IPL 
has built a culture that fosters productivity improvements and 
sustainability initiatives, while prioritising IPL’s company value of 
Zero Harm for Everyone, Everywhere (Zero Harm).

Dow Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI) is widely recognised as 
the leading reference point in the growing field of sustainability 
investing due to the robustness of its assessment process. Since 
2010 IPL has been included in the DJSI where performance is 
benchmarked against peers in the global Chemicals sector. The 
results since 2014 are represented below.

Dimension

Economic

Environmental

Social

Total for IPL

Chemicals sector average

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

65

60

67

64

55

67

51

63

60

58

74

60

65

67

56

73

61

68

68

53

71

64

57

65

44

In 2018, the FTSE Group also confirmed for the fifth year that IPL  
has satisfied the requirements to remain a constituent of the 
FTSE4Good Index Series.

vi

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

About this report
Since 2014, sustainability performance data has been included 
in IPL’s Annual Report, providing a summary account of IPL’s 
economic, environmental, social and governance performance 
in one document. Further information on IPL’s sustainability 
performance can be found in the full 2018 IPL Sustainability 
Report which will be available on IPL’s website (www.
incitecpivot.com.au) in March 2019.

Content selection
In order to determine the most important topics for 
sustainability reporting, a materiality review is conducted 
biennially. First, key stakeholders who have a direct 
relationship with, or are impacted by, IPL’s business are 
identified. A comprehensive list of relevant topics is then 
identified through a review of risk registers, sector issues, 
business communications, and publicly available information 
on sustainability issues relating to IPL’s business areas. Next, 
issues are numerically scored for prioritisation, according to 
their importance to these stakeholders by survey. These issues 
are then analysed and prioritised by numerical score internally 
by IPL to determine which aspects are material to report. This 
aligns to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI4) materiality 
approach. Further information on stakeholder engagement 
and the materiality process is contained in the online 
Sustainability Report (www.incitecpivot.com.au).
During the most recent materiality review, IPL’s economic 
performance was identified as an important sustainability 
issue by a wide range of stakeholders including investors, 
shareholders, suppliers, customers, employees and the 
communities in which IPL operates. The other 10 most 
material issues are discussed below.

Workplace health and safety
IPL’s Zero Harm company value is prioritised above all others. 
IPL has an integrated Health, Safety, Environment and 
Community Management System (HSECMS) which provides the 
foundation for effective identification and management of 
Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE) risks. 
In 2018, IPL refreshed its Zero Harm ambition to extend beyond 
personal safety to include a greater focus on process safety and 
environmental management. This refresh aims to ensure that 
Zero Harm is a way of life not only for employees, but for other 
stakeholders, and extends beyond the Company to make a 
positive impact on the greater community. IPL also revised its 
Zero Harm strategic plan with a new three-year focus aimed at 
achieving a number of key safety measures, including a 
sustainable benchmark TRIFR of 0.7 by 2021. In 2018, IPL 
achieved a TRIFR of 0.961.
The 2018 priorities for achieving Zero Harm were:
•  Executive Team leadership and coaching of employees 

during site visits to review site risk registers and to review 
Critical Control Verifications (CCVs). Critical controls are those 
which relate directly to fatal risks;

•  Continued improvement of risk management across all  

parts of the business, including the quality of risk register 
content;

•  Development of the global standardised Management of 

Change (MoC) process; and

•  Achieving ongoing continuous improvement in IPL’s safety 

metrics, including TRIFR.

1. Subject to finalisation of classification of any pending incidents

Performance highlights during 2018 include:
•  TRIFR of 0.961;
•  84 percent of sites recordable injury free;
•  29 percent reduction in process safety management Center 

for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS) Tier 1 Incidents since 2017;

•  Team member led management reviews of high potential 
incident and Group wide communication of the resulting 
relevant learnings;

•  Continued implementation of the CCV management process;
•  Refresher training in the IPL Safety Partner Group Standard;
•  Effective use of globally standardised Job Step Analysis (JSA) 

and Permit to Work (PTW) processes;
Integration of behavioural safety training into the IPL HSECMS;

• 
•  Completion of the design for the global standardised MoC 

process and database tool;

•  Completion of the design of a customised Zero Harm Culture 

assessment tool across Global Manufacturing that is consistent 
with the way IPL measures culture; 

•  Development of Process Safety Management (PSM) 

competency training content; and 

•  The Global launch of a refreshed Rules to Live by program 
across the business in conjunction with World Safety Day.

2019 priorities include:
•  Continued risk management implementation and 

simplification;

•  Development of a Safety Leadership Framework;
•  Communication of the redefined Zero Harm culture vision;
•  Development of a Zero Harm mindfulness approach;
•  Continued improvement in the key areas of MoC processes 

and the on-site delivery of explosives products to customers 
(Explosives Management System); 
Improved PSM and operator competency;
• 
Injury management consistency across the IPL Group; and
• 
•  Simplification of the HSECMS, including standardising core 

and common processes.

Governance and ethical conduct
IPL’s Board of Directors is responsible for charting IPL’s 
direction, policies, strategies and financial objectives. The 
Board serves the interests of IPL and its shareholders, having 
regard to other stakeholders, including employees, customers, 
creditors and the community, in a manner designed to create 
and continue to build sustainable value. The Board Charter, 
Code of Conduct and key policies and systems which define  
IPL business practices are available on IPL’s website. 
During 2018, the IPL Group Whistleblower Protection Policy 
was reviewed for consistency with Australian Standard AS 
8004. Training in competition/anti-trust law was conducted for 
all relevant IPL personnel and face-to-face training in anti-
bribery and sanctions laws was conducted in Hong Kong, 
Mexico, Turkey, Chile and Indonesia. Anti-bribery and sanctions 
training materials were translated into Bahasa to facilitate the 
continued training of employees at IPL sites in Indonesia. In 
addition, a comprehensive review of the performance of the 
Board and the Committees for the 2018 financial year was 
undertaken. The review was externally conducted by an 
independent consultant and undertaken in the context of the 
Company’s strategic agenda and priorities. 
Further information on Corporate Governance, including risk 
oversight and management, can be found in the 2018 
Corporate Governance Statement and the online Sustainability 
Report at www.incitecpivot.com.au.

Managing, engaging and ensuring a  
diverse workforce 
IPL endeavours to be a business where company values guide 
behaviours in the workplace and where a culturally diverse 
range of employees have the flexibility, tools and support to 
learn what they need to execute business objectives within a 
multi-geography, multi-cultural organisation. IPL’s people and 
culture are key to creating the outstanding business 
performance required to deliver growth and innovation.

Performance
During 2018, IPL focused on developing leaders to build 
professional skills and increase diversity and employee 
engagement. Independent and recognised industry experts 
Gallup were engaged to conduct a Company-wide employee 
engagement survey. With over 80 years of research and 
experience in understanding what matters most to people in 
their workplace, Gallup provided valuable assistance in helping 
IPL to identify where the Company could improve the experience 
of its employees. Over 700 managers received individual reports 
on employee engagement in their business. In order to 
strengthen customer relationships and better meet customer 
needs, the business was also restructured, providing employees 
across IPL with new opportunities for career development. 
Key highlights during the year were:
•  Continued training of leaders in coaching and associated skills 

to further develop leadership capability and strengthen 
Company-wide collaboration;

•  The piloting of Continuous Performance Conversations to 

further facilitate leadership as coaching;

•  Exceeding a two percent target of Indigenous employees 
across IPL’s Australian businesses, reaching 2.6 percent in 
2018; and

•  Expanding the diversity of IPL’s workforce by focusing on 

measures to increase gender diversity 10% year on year to 
reach 25% by 2022. In Australia, 33 percent of IPL’s external 
hires during 2018 were female, increasing female 
participation across IPL’s Australian workforce to 22 percent.
Further reporting on IPL’s Diversity Strategy can be found in 
the 2018 Corporate Governance Statement on the IPL website 
(www.incitecpivot.com.au).

Managing environmental impacts
As an international manufacturer of industrial explosives, 
industrial chemicals and fertilisers, IPL’s operations have the 
potential to impact the environment through emissions to air 
and the contamination of soil and groundwater. IPL is 
committed to continuously improving the management 
processes and systems in place to make its operations and 
products more sustainable. Continuous improvement during the 
year was focused on improved product handling, compliance 
management and risk management. 
Performance highlights during 2018 include:
• 

Implementation of an engineering framing assessment model 
to identify engineering and operational opportunities to 
improve environmental outcomes;

•  Extension of the use of iAuditor from fertiliser distribution sites 
to Australian manufacturing sites to conduct daily site photo 
logs which facilitate continuous improvement in product 
handling, compliance management and risk management;
•  Performance of Environmental Site Assessments at 22 sites 

across North America;

•  Continued auditing of spill prevention, control and 

countermeasure plans, including stormwater pollution 
prevention controls, across North America;

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

vii

Sustainability Report

•  Continued use of visual management tools and lean 

processes, particularly 5S, to increase loss of containment 
awareness globally. This has resulted in increased operational 
control of product and a reduction in environmental risks 
associated with product tracking and spills; and

•  Maintenance of the Environmental Incident Frequency Rate 
below 1 and setting of a new target of Zero Significant 
Environmental Incidents2 for 2019.

2019 priorities include:
•  Continued focus on improving environmental awareness 

through training, with emphasis on loss of containment, spill 
prevention, site cleaning processes and stormwater pollution 
prevention; and

•  The rollout of the IPL Environmental Awareness Training 

module for the businesses, which will be delivered through 
the IPL Learning Management System.

Further detail on environmental compliance, including fines, can 
be found on page 4.
Managing impacts of climate change
IPL’s main manufacturing process currently relies on sustainable 
access to natural gas and water, and is GHG emissions intensive. 
In addition, farming and mining customers, and therefore IPL’s 
markets, can be impacted by extreme weather events such as 
droughts, floods, hurricanes and tropical cyclones, as can its own 
manufacturing facilities. For these reasons, the risks associated 
with emissions, access to natural gas and water, and the physical 
impacts of extreme weather events have been integrated into 
IPL’s existing risk management processes and corporate strategy 
for many years, with geographical and market diversification 
remaining a key management strategy. 
During 2018, this integrated risk assessment process was 
strengthened with the engagement of an expert third party to 
complete two key actions aligned with the recommendations of 
the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). 
Firstly, a comprehensive assessment of IPL’s physical and 
transitional (market-based) risks and opportunities associated 
with climate change was conducted using two future climate-
related scenarios: a two-degree scenario (2D) and a four-degree 
scenario (4D). Secondly, IPL’s comprehensive Risk Management 
process was reviewed with a view to including the medium-
term (3-6 years) and longer term (6+ years) risk horizons 
associated with climate change. These will be built into IPL’s 
Emerging Risk processes in 2019. Risks considered to be material 
are reported under ‘Principal Risks’ on page 19. For more 
detailed reporting on climate change related risks and 
opportunities, and the governance of these at IPL, see the online 
2018 IPL Sustainability Report at www.incitecpivot.com.au/
sustainability.
Energy, emissions and water
The manufacture of nitrogen-based products is energy 
intensive because it requires natural gas as both an energy 
source and a raw material. Because carbon dioxide is liberated 
from natural gas during the manufacturing process, in 
Australia, IPL is a Large Emitter of greenhouse gases (GHG) as 
defined by the Australian National Greenhouse and Energy 
Reporting System. Nitrogen oxide (NOx) and nitrous oxide 
(N2O), a potent GHG, are also released during the making of 
nitric acid. IPL has a strong focus on both abatement 
technologies and progressively increasing resource efficiencies 
to reduce its impacts on the environment, including GHG 
emissions which contribute to climate change.

2. Incidents rated by the IPL Risk Matrix as Category 5 or 6. A category 5 incident 
is ‘a major event or repeat non-compliance with regulatory, licence or permit 
conditions leading to prosecution or restriction of operations’ and a Category 6 
incident is one which results in ‘permanent or long-term impacts to water, 
land, biodiversity, air or ecosystems and requires significant remediation, 
rectification or investment in mitigation’.

viii

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Cooling water is also a key necessity for manufacturing. In 
addition to IPL’s comprehensive annual risk management 
process, the World Business Council of Sustainable Development 
Global Water Tool is completed each year for long term 
projections and reviewed by the Chief Risk Officer. While the 
majority of IPL’s major manufacturing plants are located in 
regions with plentiful natural supplies of water, several smaller 
sites in Australia have been identified by the Water Tool as 
being located in areas which may experience water stress by 
2025. In North America, water resources are of particular 
concern at Cheyenne, Wyoming. IPL engages with key 
stakeholders, including the Wyoming State Engineer’s Office, 
which manages stakeholder access to the local groundwater 
aquifer. In other regions, where there is higher rainfall, IPL 
recognises that water management is also important.

Performance
Energy and emissions
IPL used 68,500,621 gigajoules (GJ) of energy over the past 
year (2017: 61,972,212), of which 2,113,300 was electricity 
(2017: 2,244,029). The increase in energy use was due to 
increased production, and therefore gas use, at our Waggaman, 
Louisiana plant. The absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 
from IPL’s global operations increased to 3.8 million tonnes 
(2017: 3.1 million tonnes). While a portion of this increase was 
due to increased production, an unexpected maintenance issue 
at IPL’s nitric acid plant at Moranbah in Australia resulted in an 
increase in emissions of N2O at the site. 
Energy efficiency improvements resulted in the maintenance 
of targeted global reductions in GHG emissions per tonne of 
ammonia. However, due to the increased emissions at 
Moranbah, IPL’s global GHG per tonne of nitric acid increased 
by 2 percent. New equipment has been fabricated and 
delivered to the site and will be installed early in the 2019 
financial year to address this issue.

Energy Sources in 2018

Natural gas
95%

Natural gas
95%

4.0

Million tonnes of CO2e

Natural gas: 95%
Electricity: 3.3%
Diesel, raw material: 0.9%
Natural gas: 95%
Diesel: 0.5%
Electricity: 3.3%
– Electricity from chemical heat: 0.3%
– Petroleum: 0.01%
Diesel, raw material: 0.9%
– Propane: 0.006%
Diesel: 0.5%
– Fuel Oil: 0.001%
– Electricity from chemical heat: 0.3%
– Petroleum: 0.01%
– Propane: 0.006%
– Fuel Oil: 0.001%

Total GHG emissions

Scope 1

Scope 2

Total direct and indirect GHG emissions

3.0

4.0

Million tonnes of CO2e

Total GHG emissions

Scope 1

Scope 2

2.0

3.0

1.0

2.0

0

1.0

2009

0

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

3.0

tCO2e

GHG intensity (tCO2e) per tonne of ammonia produced

2.0

3.0

tCO2e

1.0

2.0

0

1.0

0

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

4.0

3.5

4.0

3.0

3.5

2.5

3.0

2.0

2.5

1.5

2.0

1.0

1.5

0.5

1.0

0.0

0.5

0.0

3

3

2

2

1

1

0

0

In line with the sustainability strategy to use less and care for 
the environment, IPL’s manufacturing plants continued to 
reduce both energy intensity and carbon dioxide equivalent 
(CO2e) emissions intensity through energy efficiency initiatives. 
At Cheyenne, Wyoming, the replacement of a prism 
membrane and painting of the primary reformer with an 
internal coating to improve firing efficiency will reduce natural 
gas use. At Louisiana, Missouri, 617 lighting fixtures 
throughout the plant were rewired to use LED bulbs, improving 
lighting, reducing annual energy use by 28,700 kWh and 
reducing annual costs by $29,750. At Carthage, Missouri, an 
explosives manufacturing optimisation project reduced annual 
energy use by 160,000 kWh and scope 2 GHG emissions by 
110 tCO2e. At Moranbah, Queensland, a project to preheat 
deaerator feedwater with process heat currently lost to the 
atmosphere is expected to save 196,000 GJ of natural gas, 
reduce GHG emissions by 10,000 tCO2e and save over 
$1,000,000 each year. During 2018, IPL’s Waggaman, Louisiana 
ammonia plant captured 10,990 tCO2e for use by a 
neighbouring melamine manufacturing plant, avoiding the 
release of these GHG emissions to air. 
IPL also continued to invest in the ongoing maintenance of 
abatement technology which captures, treats and so reduces 
process emissions to air. During 2018, the US$7,700,000 
Selective Catalytic Reduction unit installed at the Louisiana, 
Missouri nitric acid plant last year reduced potential emissions 
of nitrogen oxides (NOx) by 98 percent. In Australia, the more 
efficient $1,480,000 sulphur oxide (SOx) reduction catalyst 
installed last year at Mt Isa, Queensland reduced SOx 
emissions by 32 percent against 2016 SOx emissions.
Water use and discharge
IPL’s gross water use during the year was 50,511 mega litres,
a six percent increase due to increased production. 
Opportunities for reducing water use in manufacturing are 
continuously being sought. At Cheyenne, Wyoming, continued 
use of reverse osmosis units recycled a total of 30,968 kL of 
water for reuse during 2018. At Phosphate Hill, Queensland, 
59,367 kL of water was recovered from waste gypsum 
stockpiles, also recovering valuable phosphates for fertiliser 
production. During 2018, water balance projects were begun 
at three major Australian manufacturing sites in Geelong, 
Gibson Island and Moranbah. During 2018, IPL discharged 
30,901,050 m3 of water to the environment, a decrease of 
five percent from 2017. The majority of this water (97 percent) 
was clean cooling water that was discharged to the rivers from 
which it was taken, reducing IPL’s net water use to 22,978 
mega litres.

Water Use by Source

50,511
ML
50,511
ML

Surface water: 75%
Ground water: 14%
Municipal water: 9%
Surface water: 75%
Recycled water: 1.5%
Ground water: 14%
Municipal water: 9%
Recycled water: 1.5%

Storm water: 0.1%
Desal water: 0.004%
Rain water: 0.00004%
Storm water: 0.1%
Desal water: 0.004%
Rain water: 0.00004%

Water Discharge by Destination

Clean water to
surface waters
Clean water to
surface waters

97% clean water
to surface waters
97% clean water
to surface waters

Surface waters: 97.4%
Groundwater: 2.3%
Sewers: 0.3%
Surface waters: 97.4%
Groundwater: 2.3%
Sewers: 0.3%

Gas supply
Natural gas supply is an important issue for IPL. In Eastern 
Australia, access to competitively priced gas is a well 
documented challenge for the manufacturing industry. IPL 
believes that it is essential that Australia finds a solution that 
balances the imperative of supplying gas to value-adding 
manufacturing with the needs of a strong energy export 
market. IPL will continue to work with Federal and State 
governments on this issue. For more information on this issue 
see page 18 of this report.
Product quality
IPL is committed to providing quality products and services to 
the explosives, industrial chemicals and fertilisers sectors. IPL’s 
Fertiliser Quality policy outlines its commitment to providing 
products and services that meet customers’ needs. Fertiliser 
manufacturing is monitored by IPL’s own Quality Control 
Laboratories and all product imports are sourced in compliance 
with the Fertiliser Australia National Code of Practice for 
Fertiliser Description and Labelling. Certificates of Analysis are 
sought from suppliers to ensure they are within set product 
specifications that meet statutory limits and market needs. 
During 2018, IPL’s manufacturing quality standards were 
extended to apply to the fertiliser distribution business and the 
IPF Quality Assurance Council was established to drive 
continuous improvement.  
IPL is a global provider of innovative explosive products, 
services and solutions under the renowned Dyno Nobel brand. 
Product quality is being continuously improved by the 
detection, analysis and correction of trends during processing 
to enhance quality and performance. Since 2015, a working 
partnership between IPL’s explosives research and 
development laboratories and its manufacturing plants has 
served to further improve operating procedures across both 
explosives and fertiliser products, particularly where product 
analysis is required. During 2018, the Marketing & Technology 
Ideas & Work Requests Database was upgraded. This platform 
not only provides research and development assistance across 
the organisation, but also facilitates knowledge sharing and 
collaboration between IPL’s employees across the globe as 
they find innovative ways to improve product quality. 

Sustainable products and services
IPL aims to assess and, where feasible, improve the 
environmental and social impacts of all products across their 
life cycle and to work with customers to encourage them to 
use these products to achieve the best sustainability outcomes.
Phosphate rock sourcing
Phosphate rock, a naturally occurring mineral rock, is used in 
the production of both single superphosphate (SSP) and 
ammonium phosphate (AP) fertilisers. APs are produced at 
Phosphate Hill, Queensland, using phosphate rock from the 
mine adjacent to that plant. At the Geelong and Portland 
plants in Victoria, SSP is manufactured using a blend of 
imported phosphate rock. The composition of phosphate rock 
varies according to the place of origin and has varying levels of 
phosphorus, cadmium, odour and reactivity which must be 
balanced to produce a product that meets with Australian 
regulations. IPL purchases phosphate rock from several 
countries, after undertaking a detailed review of each supply 
source having regard to social, environmental and economic 
factors. Further information on phosphate sourcing is available 
on the IPL website at www.incitecpivot.com.au.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

ix

4.0

3.5

4.0

3.0

3.5

2.5

3.0

2.0

2.5

1.5

2.0

1.0

1.5

0.5

1.0

0.0

0.5

0.0

3

3

2

2

1

1

0

0

Sustainability Report

Supplier and customer engagement
IPL has procedures to assess potential and current suppliers to 
ensure sustainability risks are well understood and addressed. 
Potential suppliers are assessed using a questionnaire that 
covers environment, social and governance aspects and the 
Global Procurement team has processes in place to work with 
suppliers on gap-closing action plans where required. 
Contracts between IPL and major materials suppliers also 
contain requirements that are consistent with IPL’s 
expectations of suppliers’ workplace health, safety and 
environmental performance. During 2018, IPL began a review 
of current procurement processes against the ISO:20400 
Standard for Sustainable Procurement and identified areas for 
improvement which align with current progress. ISO:20400 
was released in 2017 and provides guidance, rather than 
certification, on building sustainable procurement processes 
and developing a sustainable supply chain. 
IPL engages directly with fertiliser customers during 
collaborative tailoring of product use via its Nutrient 
Advantage laboratory, which conducts soil and plant testing, 
as well as through Nutrient Advantage Advice interactive 
software and IPL’s online Agronomy Community. Quarterly 
reports are assessed through Fertshed, IPL’s online customer 
transactional portal. Customers and agronomists also attend 
IPL Agronomy Community Forums, and formal complaint and 
product feedback processes exist to resolve customer issues 
quickly. In 2017, new customer survey software, Net Promoter 
Score, which uses a popular methodology for summarising 
customer satisfaction, was implemented across the entire 
Australian fertiliser customer base. During 2018, this was 
extended to IPL’s Australian industrial chemicals customers, 
and will be introduced to Australian explosives customers  
in 2019. 
IPL continues to work closely with explosives customers at 
their sites to deliver high-performance solutions tailored to 
customer needs. The business participates in specialist 
customer sustainability questionnaires, holds customer  
focused technical workshops and has dedicated Customer 
Relationship Managers.

Research and development
During 2018, IPL reviewed its strategy, governance and 
funding of research and development. The position of Chief 
Technology Officer was added to the IPL Executive Leadership 
Team and six core technology programs were identified to 
advance IPL’s ability to strategically partner with customers to 
improve their productivity and safety, and reduce their 
environmental and social impacts. Work continued on 
collaborative research and product development, including the 
promotion of best practice use of fertiliser and explosives 
products. Highlights during the year included:
•  A joint research project with the University of Melbourne 

into new fertiliser technologies for sustained food security, 
which resulted in the development and testing of 
prototype products;

•  The commercialisation, at a number of distribution sites, of 
novel fertiliser nutrient delivery systems including trace 
element coating of fertilisers, with further installations 
planned for 2019;

•  Continued promotion of IPL’s enhanced efficiency fertilisers, 
Entec and Green Urea, with a 32 percent increase in Green 
Urea volumes. These products minimise nitrogen losses to 
waterways and to the atmosphere as GHG;

x

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

•  Upgrading of the Nutrient Advantage support software and 
introduction of the LabSTREAM mobile sampling application 
to allow ‘on the go’ logging for testing of soil and plant 
samples, with simultaneous geolocation;

•  Continued testing of recycled, reclaimed and treated oils, 
hydrocarbons and waxes to supplement the use of virgin 
fuel sources in emulsion-based explosives;

•  Continued testing of oxidiser (an ingredient of explosives) 
sourced from internal and customer waste streams, with 
the successful commercialisation of one source. This has 
reduced waste and generated cost savings for customers; 
•  Continued collaboration with customers to test ore samples 

and selectively modify emulsion products for hot and 
reactive ground in north America; 

•  Continued development and marketing of explosive 

products and delivery systems that reduce blast fume 
emissions and minimise groundwater nitrate leaching, 
including a joint research project with Murdoch University; 

•  Commencement of a new Australian Research Council 
funded project with the University of Sydney to further 
develop inhibited emulsion explosives for safer blasting in 
extreme (hot and reactive) geothermal environments; and

•  The introduction of Differential Energy technology to the 
Australian explosives market. This product continues to 
result in reduced NOx emissions, reduced energy use, less 
noise and ground vibration and increased productivity for 
customers.

Caring for the community 
The Sustainable Communities policy defines IPL’s approach to 
community relations and community investment, and ensures 
that engagement decisions are made locally, at the site level, 
where community needs are best understood. During 2018, 
$467,343 of community investment was made globally 
through IPL’s Dollar-for-Dollar program, the Australian 
Workplace Giving program and various site-based initiatives. 
This is an increase of more than 20 percent on last year’s 
community contributions, and included $30,000 raised to feed 
livestock on drought affected farms in Australia. IPF’s ‘Farm 
Aid’ efforts will continue beyond 30 September 2018 into the 
2019 IPL financial year. 
Due to the nature of the business, some IPL sites are located 
in areas where the materials handled have the potential to 
impact on the communities in which they operate. IPL has 
measures in place to monitor, manage and prevent potential 
negative impacts on local communities which could arise. In 
addition, many sites are required by law to communicate 
regularly with the community regarding community safety 
plans and emergency procedures which should be followed to 
keep them safe in the unlikely event of a potential incident.  
In North America, 53 percent of IPL’s sites fall into this 
category. These sites engage with communities and 
emergency first responders, with many actively participating 
in Local Emergency Planning Committees (LEPCs) as part of  
the Community Right to Know Act. In the Asia Pacific region, 
21 percent of sites have been identified, and these follow  
Safe Work Australia guidelines in communicating with their 
communities. In addition, the IPL Issues Response Manual 
assists crisis management teams to effectively manage 
communication and engagement in the event of an incident. 

Directors’ Report

The directors of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company or IPL) present the directors’ report, together with the financial report, of the 
Company and its controlled entities (collectively referred to in this report as the Group) for the year ended 30 September 2018 and 
the related auditor’s report.

Directors
The directors of the Company during the financial year and up to the date of this report are:

Name, qualifications and 
special responsibilities

Experience

Paul Brasher BEc(Hons), FCA

Non-executive Chairman

Chairman of the Nominations 
Committee

Member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Joseph Breunig BS(Chemical 
Engineering), MBA

Non-executive director 

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Mr Brasher was appointed as a director on 29 September 2010 and became Chairman on 30 
June 2012. He is a non-executive director of Amcor Limited, Deputy Chairman of the Essendon 
Football Club and a board member of Teach For Australia. He is also a former director of 
Perpetual Limited. From 1982 to 2009, Mr Brasher was a partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers 
(and its predecessor firm, Price Waterhouse), including five years as the Chairman of the 
Global Board of PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Mr Brasher brings to the Board his local and global experience as a senior executive and 
director, particularly in the areas of strategy, finance, audit and risk management and public 
company governance, as well as his experience as a non-executive director of Australian 
companies with significant overseas operations.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Amcor Limited (since January 2014)

Mr Breunig was appointed as a director on 5 June 2017. Mr Breunig is a U.S. resident and is 
currently a non-executive director of Mineral Technologies Inc. Mr Breunig was previously 
Executive Vice President, Chemicals at Axiall Corporation (formerly Georgia Gulf Corporation) 
and, prior to that, spent 24 years at BASF Corporation where he held a number of senior 
executive positions including Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, BASF 
Corporation, and President, Market and Business Development, North America, BASF SE. 

Mr Breunig brings considerable North American experience to the Board, as well as extensive 
leadership experience across industrial chemical manufacturing and process safety 
management.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Mineral Technologies Inc. (since November 2014)

Kathryn Fagg FTSE, BE(Hons), 
MCom(Hons), Hon.DBus(UNSW), 
Hon.DChemEng(UQ)

Non-executive director 

Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Ms Fagg was appointed as a director on 15 April 2014. Ms Fagg is Chairman of Boral Limited, 
Chair of the Melbourne Recital Centre, Chair of Breast Cancer Network Australia, a non-
executive director of Djerriwarrh Investments Limited, a board member of the 
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO), a board member of 
the Grattan Institute and a board member of the Australian Centre for Innovation. Ms Fagg is 
also President of Chief Executive Women. Ms Fagg was previously a non-executive member 
of the Reserve Bank of Australia and President of Corporate Development at Linfox Logistics 
Group. Prior to that, she held executive roles with BlueScope Steel and Australia and New 
Zealand Banking Group. Ms Fagg was also a consultant with McKinsey and Co. after 
commencing her career as a chemical engineer.

Ms Fagg brings to the Board extensive executive experience across a range of industries in 
Australia and Asia, including logistics, manufacturing, resources, banking, professional services 
and strategy consulting, as well as her experience in managing international subsidiaries for 
global businesses.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Boral Limited (since September 2014) and Chairman (since July 2018)
•  Director, Djerriwarrh Investments Limited (since May 2014)

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

1

Directors’ Report

Name, qualifications and 
special responsibilities

Experience

Brian Kruger BEc

Non-executive director

Chairman of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Member of the Remuneration 
Committee

Rebecca McGrath BTP(Hons),  
MASc, FAICD

Non-executive director

Chairman of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Member of the Nominations 
Committee

Graham Smorgon AM 
B.Juris, LLB

Non-executive director

Member of the Nominations 
Committee

Member of the Remuneration 
Committee

Jeanne Johns 
B.S. Chemical Engineering, 
magna cum laude

Managing Director & CEO

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Mr Kruger was appointed as a director on 5 June 2017. Mr Kruger is the former Managing 
Director & CEO of Toll Holdings Limited, having joined Toll in 2009 as Chief Financial Officer, before 
being appointed Managing Director in 2012. Prior to joining Toll, Mr Kruger had a career spanning 
25 years in the resources and industrial sectors in Australia and the U.S., initially with BHP and 
subsequently with BlueScope Steel which he joined on its demerger from BHP. During his time at 
BlueScope, he held a number of senior corporate finance and management roles, including 
President, North America & Corporate Strategy & Innovation, President, Australian Manufacturing 
Markets and was the company’s inaugural Chief Financial Officer. Mr Kruger is also Chairman of 
Racing Victoria Limited. 

Mr Kruger brings to the Board significant experience in the industrial sector and a deep 
knowledge of manufacturing operations including in North America, as well as executive 
leadership experience in the Australian listed company environment.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Managing Director, Toll Holdings Limited (January 2012 to December 2016)

Ms McGrath was appointed as a director on 15 September 2011. Ms McGrath is currently 
Chairman of Oz Minerals Ltd. She is a non-executive director of Goodman Group, a non-executive 
director of ICPF Holdings Limited and independent Chairman of Scania Australia Pty Ltd.

During her 23 year career with BP plc, Ms McGrath held a number of senior roles including  
as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Board member for BP Australia and New Zealand. 

Ms McGrath brings to the Board over 20 years’ experience in the international oil industry, 
senior executive experience in operations and finance, an operational and strategic 
understanding of occupational health and safety both as an executive and as a director  
and experience gained through significant exposure to manufacturing and supply chain 
management. 

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Goodman Group (since April 2012)
•  Director, Oz Minerals Limited (since November 2010) and Chairman (since May 2017)
•  Director, CSR Limited (February 2012 to October 2016)

Mr Smorgon was appointed as a director on 19 December 2008. Mr Smorgon is Chairman of 
Smorgon Consolidated Investments and the GBM Group. His former roles include Trustee of 
the Victorian Arts Centre Trust, non-executive director of Arrium Limited, Chairman of the 
Print Mint Group, director of Fed Square Pty Ltd, Chairman of Smorgon Steel Group Ltd, 
Deputy Chairman of Melbourne Health, Director of The Walter and Eliza Hall Institute of 
Medical Research, Chairman of Creative Brands, Chairman of GBM Logic, and partner of law 
firm Barker Harty & Co, where he practised as a commercial lawyer for 10 years. 

Mr Smorgon has extensive experience as both an executive and public company director in 
industries relevant to IPL including in resources and manufacturing. He brings to the Board 
skills in the areas of commercial law, public company governance and risk management. 
Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Arrium Limited (September 2007 to November 2015)

Ms Johns was appointed Managing Director & CEO on 9 August 2017 and commenced in the 
role on 15 November 2017. Ms Johns is a global executive and chemical engineer with over 
25 years’ experience in the international refining, petrochemicals, oil and gas industries. After 
joining BP in 1986, Ms Johns worked throughout her career with BP in various locations and 
executive roles including as President, Asian Olefins and Derivatives (China), President, BP 
North America Natural Gas Liquids (United States), Head of Operating Management System 
Excellence for BP Group (United Kingdom, Global) and Head of Safety & Operational Risk, BP 
Downstream (United Kingdom, Global). Ms Johns is a former non-executive director of Tate & 
Lyle plc and Parsons Corporations. 

Ms Johns brings to the Board her broad experience in the chemicals and energy sectors, 
having worked and led teams in multiple jurisdictions and executive roles during her 
extensive career. Her global experience includes a deep understanding of the strategic and 
operational issues facing companies in cyclical and commodity based businesses.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Tate & Lyle plc (October 2016 – October 2017)

2

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Company Secretary
During the financial year and up to 17 August 2018,  
Ms Daniella Pereira held the office of Company Secretary.  
Ms Pereira joined the Company in 2004, and was appointed 
Company Secretary on 31 October 2013. Prior to joining the 
Company, Ms Pereira practised as a lawyer with Blake Dawson 
(now Ashurst). Ms Pereira holds a Bachelor of Laws (with 
Honours) and a Bachelor of Arts.

Ms Pereira resigned as Company Secretary effective 17 August 
2018. Ms Jennifer Neoh was appointed Acting Company 
Secretary effective 16 August 2018. 

Ms Neoh joined the Company in 2015 as Senior Legal Counsel - 
Secretariat. Prior to joining the Company, Ms Neoh held senior 
legal and company secretariat roles in Australia and senior 
legal roles in London. Ms Neoh holds a Bachelor of Laws, a 
Bachelor of Commerce (Accounting) and a Graduate Diploma in 
Applied Finance and Investment.

Directors’ interests in share capital
The relevant interest of each director in the share capital of the 
Company, as notified by the directors to the Australian 
Securities Exchange (ASX) in accordance with section 205G(1) 
of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (Act), as at the date of this 
report is as follows:

Director
P V Brasher(1)
J Breunig
K Fagg(1)
B Kruger(2)
R J McGrath(2)
G Smorgon AM
J M Johns
(1)  Held both directly and indirectly.
(2)  Held indirectly.

Fully paid ordinary shares  
Incitec Pivot Limited
60,600
0
10,000
14,620
25,008
0
0

Further details of directors’ interests in share capital are set out 
on page 43 of the Remuneration Report. 

Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group during the course of the 
financial year were the manufacture and distribution of 
industrial explosives, industrial chemicals and fertilisers,  
and the provision of related services. No significant changes 
have occurred in the nature of these activities during the 
financial year.

Operating and financial review
Refer to the Operating and Financial Review on page 6 for the 
operating and financial review of the Group during the 
financial year and the results of these operations.

Dividends
Dividends since the last annual report:

Type

Paid during the year

2017 final dividend

2018 interim dividend

To be paid after  
end of year
2018 final dividend

Dealt with in the  
financial report as:

Dividends

Subsequent event

Cents 
per 
share

Total 
amount
$mill

Franked/ 
Unfranked

Date of  
payment

4.9

4.5

82.7

 74.7

unfranked

19 December 2017

unfranked

2 July 2018

6.2

101.1*

20% franked

17 December 2018

Note

6

23

$mill

157.4

101.1*

*  Based on the number of ordinary shares issued by the Company as at  

30 September 2018.

Directors’ meetings
The number of directors’ meetings held (including meetings of committees of directors) and the number of meetings attended by 
each of the directors of the Company during the financial year are listed below: 

Director – Current(1,2)
P V Brasher(3)
J Breunig(4)
K Fagg
B Kruger(5)
R J McGrath
G Smorgon AM
J M Johns(6)
Director – Former
J E Fazzino(7)
G Hayes(8)

Board

Held
13
13
13
13
13
13
13

2
4

Attended
13
12
13
13
13
13
13

2
4

 Chairman  

 Member

Audit and  
Risk Management

Held
4

Attended
4

Remuneration

Nominations

Held

Attended

Held
2

Attended
2

Health, Safety, Environment 
and Community

Held

Attended

7
7

7

7
7

7

2
2

2
2

4
4

4

3

1

4
4

4

3

1

5
5

1

5
5

1

(1)  ‘Held’ indicates the number of meetings held during the period that the director was a member of the Board or Committee.
(2)  ‘Attended’ indicates the number of meetings attended during the period that the director was a member of the Board or Committee.
(3)  Mr Brasher was appointed as a member of the Audit and Risk Management Committee with effect from 21 December 2017.  
(4)   Mr Breunig was in transit and was an apology for an extraordinary meeting convened at short notice.
(5)  Mr Kruger was appointed as chairman of the Audit and Risk Management Committee with effect from 21 December 2017.
(6)  Ms Johns commenced as Managing Director & CEO on 15 November 2017 and was appointed as a member of the Health, Safety, Environmental and Community 

Committee with effect from 21 December 2017. 

(7)  Mr Fazzino retired as Managing Director & CEO on 14 November 2017.
(8)  Mr Hayes retired as a director on 21 December 2017.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

3

Directors’ Report

Unissued shares under IPL’s long term 
incentive performance rights plans
The table below describes the unissued ordinary shares or 
interests under IPL’s long term incentive performance rights 
plans as at the date of this report. Each performance right 
entitles the participant to acquire ordinary shares in Incitec 
Pivot Limited, on a one right to one share basis, for no 
consideration upon vesting. Vesting of the performance rights 
is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Prior to 
vesting, holders of these rights are not entitled to participate in 
any share issue or interest issue of the Company. Performance 
rights expire on vesting or lapsing of the rights. Refer to the 
Remuneration Report commencing on page 23 for further 
details in relation to the performance rights. 

Date performance  
rights granted 

21 January 2016

25 August 2016

25 January 2017

19 April 2017

30 January 2018

1 March 2018

Total unissued ordinary shares  
under performance rights

Number of ordinary shares  
under performance rights

986,150

150,941

1,179,176

228,832

1,563,220

323,560

4,431,879

Shares issued on exercise of  
performance rights
No ordinary shares in Incitec Pivot Limited were issued by the 
Company during the 2018 financial year. As at the date of this 
report, no shares or interests have been issued as a result of 
an exercise of performance rights since the end of the 2018 
financial year. 

Changes in the state of affairs 
There have been no significant changes to the Group’s state  
of affairs during the financial year.

Events subsequent to reporting date
On 22 October 2018, the Company announced the extension of 
its on-market share buyback for a further 12 months from 29 
November 2018 to 28 November 2019.

In November 2018, the directors determined to pay a final 
dividend for the Company of 6.2 cents per share on 17 
December 2018. The dividend is 20% franked (refer to note 6 
to the financial statements).

Other than the matters reported on above, the directors have 
not become aware of any other significant matter or 
circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial year, 
that has affected or may affect the operations of the Group, 
the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the 
Group in subsequent years, which has not been covered in this 
report.

4

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Likely developments
The Operating and Financial Review beginning at page 6 of this 
report contains information on the Company’s business 
strategies and prospects for future financial years, and refers to 
likely developments in the Company’s operations and the 
expected results of these operations in future financial years. 
Information on likely developments in the Company’s 
operations for future financial years and the expected results of 
those operations together with details that could give rise to 
material detriment to the Company (for example, information 
that is commercially sensitive, confidential or could give a third 
party a commercial advantage) have not been included in this 
report where the directors believe it would likely result in 
unreasonable prejudice to the Company.

Environmental regulation and performance 
The operations of the Group are subject to environmental 
regulation under the jurisdiction of the countries in which 
those operations are conducted including Australia, United 
States of America, Mexico, Chile, Canada, Indonesia, Papua 
New Guinea and Turkey. The Group is committed to complying 
with environmental legislation, regulations, standards and 
licences relevant to its operations.

The environmental laws and regulations generally address 
certain aspects and potential impacts of the Group’s activities 
in relation to, among other things, air and noise quality, soil, 
water, biodiversity and wildlife.

The Group operates under a Global Health, Safety and 
Environment Management System which sets out guidelines 
on the Group’s approach to environmental management, 
including a requirement for sites to undertake an 
Environmental Site Assessment.

In certain jurisdictions, the Group holds licences for some of its 
operations and activities from the relevant environmental 
regulator. The Group measures its compliance with such 
licences and reports statutory non-compliances as required.

Measurement of the Group’s environmental performance, 
including determination of areas of focus and assessment of 
projects to be undertaken, is based not only on the actual 
impact of incidents, but also upon the potential consequence, 
consistent with IPL’s risk based focus.

During the year, the Group has continued to focus on licence 
compliance and identification and mitigation of environmental 
risks. Remediation works have progressed at a number of sites 
in the U.S. as dictated by regulatory approvals. 

In May 2017, the Land and Environment Court of New South 
Wales ordered a subsidiary of the Company to pay a fine of 
$460,000 and costs of $72,750 in connection with an incident 
at the Group’s Warkworth manufacturing facility in New South 
Wales involving an inadvertent release of waste water during 
remediation works on site in 2015. Following an appeal in 
December 2017, the fine was reduced to $360,000.

For the 2018 financial year, the Group received two penalty 
infringement notices issued by a regulatory authority arising 
from the overflow of a site containment pond in Queensland, 
Australia, which resulted in fines totalling $25,230. The Group 
also received a fine of US$250,000 for untimely reporting of an 
inadvertent release of anhydrous ammonia into the air at a 
site in the U.S.

Indemnification and insurance of officers
The Company’s Constitution provides that, to the extent 
permitted by law, the Company must indemnify any person who 
is, or has been, a director or secretary of the Company against 
any liability incurred by that person including any liability incurred 
as an officer of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company and 
legal costs incurred by that person in defending an action. 

The Constitution further provides that the Company may enter 
into an agreement with any current or former director or 
secretary or a person who is, or has been, an officer of the 
Company or a subsidiary of the Company to indemnify the 
person against such liabilities. 

The Company has entered into Deeds of Access, Indemnity and 
Insurance with officers. The Deeds address the matters set out in 
the Constitution. Pursuant to those deeds, the Company has paid 
a premium in respect of a contract insuring officers of the 
Company and officers of its controlled entities against liability for 
costs and expenses incurred by them in defending civil or 
criminal proceedings involving them as such officers, with some 
exceptions. The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the 
nature of the liability insured against and the amount of the 
premium paid. 

Auditor 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu was appointed as the Company’s 
external auditor at the 2011 Annual General Meeting and 
continues in office in accordance with section 327B(2) of the 
Act. Since Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu’s appointment, Mr Tom 
Imbesi has been appointed as the Company’s lead audit 
partner. Under the Act, the Board may grant approval for a 
lead audit partner to continue to play a significant role in the 
audit of a company beyond 5 successive financial years.

In accordance with the requirements of the Act, and on 
recommendation of the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee, the Board, in June 2016, approved Mr Tom Imbesi 
to continue as lead audit partner for an additional two 
successive financial years, being the financial years ending  
30 September 2017 and 30 September 2018. 

The Company worked with Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu on 
transitioning Mr Imbesi and on-boarding Mr Imbesi’s successor 
during the 2018 financial year. Mr Tim Richards is Mr Imbesi’s 
successor and will be the Company’s lead audit partner for the 
2019 financial year.

Further details in relation to the extension of Mr Imbesi’s term 
can be found in IPL’s 2016 Corporate Governance Statement.

.

Non-audit services 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu has provided non-audit services to 
the amount of $401,100 during the year ended 30 September 
2018 (refer to note 22 to the financial statements).

As set out in note 22 to the financial statements, the Audit and 
Risk Management Committee must approve individual non-
audit engagements provided by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
above a value of $100,000, as well as the aggregate amount 
exceeding $250,000 per annum. Further, in accordance with its 
Charter, during the year the Committee has continued to 
monitor and review the independence and objectivity of the 
auditor, having regard to the provision of non-audit services. 
Based on the advice of the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee, the directors are satisfied that the provision of 
non-audit services, during the year, by the auditor (or by 
another person or firm on the auditor’s behalf) is compatible 
with the general standard of independence for auditors 
imposed by the Act and does not compromise the external 
auditor’s independence.

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
The lead auditor has provided a written declaration that no 
professional engagement for the Group has been carried out 
during the year that would impair Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu’s 
independence as auditor.

The lead auditor’s independence declaration is set out on  
page 44.

Rounding
The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Legislative 
Instrument, ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ 
Reports) Instrument 2016/191 issued by the Australian 
Securities and Investments Commission dated 24 March 2016 
and, in accordance with that Legislative Instrument, the 
amounts shown in this report and in the financial statements 
have been rounded off, except where otherwise stated, to the 
nearest one hundred thousand dollars.

Corporate Governance Statement
The Company complies with the Australian Securities Exchange 
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance 
Principles and Recommendations 3rd Edition (ASX Principles). 
IPL’s Corporate Governance Statement, which summarises the 
Company’s corporate governance practices and incorporates the 
disclosures required by the ASX Principles, can be viewed at 
www.incitecpivot.com.au/Corporate_Governance.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

5

Directors’ Report

Operating and Financial Review

Group Overview
IPL is a leading international explosives and blasting services 
company and the largest fertilisers manufacturing and 
distribution business in Australia. It has operations primarily in 
Australia, where it operates under the globally recognised Dyno 
Nobel and Incitec Pivot Fertilisers brands, and in North America 
where it also operates under the Dyno Nobel brand. 

IPL leverages a common nitrogen manufacturing core, 
with engineering synergies achieved through the Global 
Manufacturing organisation.

The Company has operations in Australia, North America, 
Europe, Asia, Latin America and Africa. 

Incitec Pivot operates through three business units, details of 
which are set out in this review: 

•  Dyno Nobel Americas (“DNA”);
•  Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (“DNAP”); and 
•  Fertilisers, that consists of Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (“IPF”)  

and Southern Cross International (“SCI”).

Strategy
IPL’s focus is to deliver distinctive value to our shareholders 
and customers by leveraging our differentiated technologies 
to solve our customers challenges on the ground. This is 
built on our core competencies of nitrogen and explosives 
manufacturing and delivering practical technology solutions to 
our customers.

IPL’s strategy is to deliver growth and increase shareholder 
value, primarily through six value drivers:

•  Zero Harm;
•  Talented and Engaged People;
•  Customer Focus;
•  Leading Technology Solutions; 
•  Manufacturing Excellence; and
•  Profitable Growth.

IPL has set performance improvement targets against each of 
the six value drivers, to be achieved over the next three years 
to 2021. The Company’s Executive Remuneration Framework 
for 2019, as set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 23 
to 43, was adjusted to ensure alignment between the key 
value drivers and Executive incentives. 

Sustainability
IPL’s commitment to operating sustainably is driven by the 
Company’s values which are core to the way it does business. 
IPL defines Sustainability as “the creation of long-term 
economic value whilst caring for our people, our communities 
and our environment.” 

Since its initial adoption by the Board in September 2010, IPL’s 
sustainability strategy has undergone review and now includes 
the sustainable development of its supply chain.

IPL has a strong focus on both abatement technologies and 
progressively increasing resource efficiencies to reduce its 
impacts on the environment, including greenhouse gas (GHG) 
emissions which contribute to climate change.

Detail on IPL’s Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) 
considerations that are material to the sustainability of the 
Company are included in the summary Sustainability Report on 
pages vi to x and its 2018 Sustainability Report, which will be 
published in March 2019. 

Zero Harm

IPL prioritises its “Zero Harm for Everyone, Everywhere” 
Company value above all others. It does so through an 
integrated Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) system 
that provides the foundation for effective identification and 
management of HSE risks. Central to IPL’s HSE system are  
the ‘4Ps’: 

•  Passionate Leadership;
•  People;
•  Procedures; and 
•  Plant. 

In the 2018 financial year, IPL achieved a Total Recordable 
Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)(1) of 0.96(2), consistent with our 
target of < 1.

The increasing trend in the Company’s TRIFR over the last three 
years has stabilised and improved since the half year (1.02) as 
the Company reaffirmed its Zero Harm commitment. 

TRIFR

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

TRIFR

Target

1.38

1.21

0.97

0.73

0.82

0.95

0.96

FY12

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

6

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Total GHG emissions

In its drive for continuous improvement in HSE performance, 
the following Zero Harm targets were set as one of the 
outcomes from the Zero Harm strategic review completed 
in 2018:

•  30% improvement in TRIFR by 2021;
•  Sustainable year-on-year reduction in Tier 1 and Tier 2 

Process Safety Incidents(3);

•  Sustainable year-on-year reduction in Potential High 

Severity Incidents(4); and

•  Zero Significant Environmental Incidents(5).

The 2018 result will form the baseline against which 
performance improvement will be measured over the next 
three years to 2021. 

Group Financial Performance

IPL delivered Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) after minority 
interests of $207.9m in 2018. NPAT excluding Individually 
Material Items (IMIs) of $347.4m increased $28.7m when 
compared to 2017 NPAT.

The Group recognised $139.5m of after tax IMIs at 31 March 
2018. The IMIs consisted of a $236.0m write down of goodwill 
in the DNAP business, offset in part by the tax benefit of 
$96.5m arising from the restatement of the Group’s US net 
deferred tax liabilities.

Group Performance 

2018 Group EBIT ex IMIs of $556.7m increased $55.5m, or 11.1 
percent, as compared to 2017. 

Year Ended 30 September

FY18
A$m

FY17
A$m

Change
%

 3,856.3 

 3,473.4 

 11.0

 851.0 

 774.5 

 556.7 

 501.2 

347.4

318.7

 (139.5)

–

 9.9

11.1

 9.0

na

 207.9 

 318.7 

(34.8)

 278.6 

 228.4 

 22.0

 205.4 

 189.0 

 104.6 

 103.9 

 (0.6)

 0.3 

 8.7

 0.7

na

 (31.3)

 (20.4)

(53.4)

556.7

501.2

 11.1 

14.4%

14.4%

The Group’s 2018 performance against key HSE metrics is 
included in the table below: 

IPL GROUP

ZERO HARM 
Key Metrics

TRIFR

Potential High Severity Incidents

Process Safety Incidents

Significant Environmental Incidents

FY18

0.96

42

26

1

FY17

0.95

41

28

1

(1) TRIFR calculated as the number of recordable injuries per 200,000 hours worked and 

includes contractors.

Reported Revenue and Earnings

Revenue

EBITDA ex IMIs(1)

EBIT ex IMIs(2)

NPAT ex IMIs(3)

IMIs after tax

NPAT

(2) Subject to finalisation of the classification of any pending incidents. 
(3) Tier 1 and Tier 2 process safety incidents as defined by the Center for Chemical 

Business EBIT ex IMIs

DNA

DNAP

Fertilisers

Eliminations

Corporate

Group EBIT ex IMIs

EBIT margin ex IMIs

Process Safety.

(4) Potential High Severity Incidents (excluding all near misses and hazards) with 

potential consequences of 5 or higher on a 6-level scale.

(5) Significant Environmental Incidents as assessed against IPL’s internal risk matrix 

(consequence 5 or higher incident on a 6-level scale).

Gender Diversity

The Company remains committed to expanding the diversity 
of its workforce and has a target to increase gender diversity 
by 10% year-on-year to reach 25% by 2022. Further details 
on IPL’s approach in relation to Gender Diversity are included 
on pages vi to x of the summary Sustainability Report that 
forms part of IPL’s 2018 Annual Report, as well as in IPL’s 2018 
Corporate Governance Statement.

Managing Impacts of Climate Change

During 2018, the Company engaged an independent expert 
to complete a detailed assessment of the financial risks and 
opportunities associated with climate change, as it relates to 
IPL. The Company’s financial resilience was assessed against 
two future climate scenarios, being a 2-degree and a 4-degree 
change in climate, as recommended by the Taskforce on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). 

IPL’s risk assessment and treatment strategies as they relate to 
the impacts of climate change on the Group in both a 2-degree 
and a 4-degree scenario are detailed in the Principal Risks 
section of the Directors’ Report.

(1)   EBITDA ex IMIs = Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation, 

excluding IMIs.

(2)   EBIT ex IMIs = Earnings Before Interest and Tax, excluding IMIs.
(3)   NPAT ex IMIs = Net Profit After Tax attributable to shareholders excluding IMIs.

EBIT from the DNA business of US$211.6m increased by 
US$38.5m, or 22.2 percent compared to 2017 mainly due to 
higher margins in the Explosives business and increased 
earnings from the Waggaman operations in 2018.

DNAP earnings of $205.4m increased by $16.4m, or 8.7 
percent as compared to 2017, driven by increased efficiencies 
at the Moranbah plant and higher sales volumes across the 
Australian business, in particular to Metallurgical Coal 
customers in the Bowen Basin. 

Fertilisers earnings of $104.6m increased $0.7m, or 0.7 percent 
as compared to 2017. This result was mainly driven by higher 
commodity prices, mostly offset by lower sales volumes as a 
result of plant downtime due to turnarounds and unplanned 
outages, and the impact of dry weather on the East Coast. 

A detailed analysis of the performance of each business and 
respective outlook is provided on the following pages. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

7

 
 
Explosives (DNA, DNAP)

Fertilisers

Group

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

Earnings per share (before individually material items)

Earnings per share (including individually material items)

Dividend declared in respect of the financial year

%

17.5

15.0

12.5

10.0

7.5

5.0

2.5

0

(2.5)

Cents

25

20

15

10

5

0

2014

2015

2016

The tenor and diversity of IPL’s debt is set out in the  
following exhibit:

2017

2018

Available limits

Drawn funds

AUDm
1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Bond 
AUD200m

144A/reg S
USD800m

Bank facility
AUD260m

Bank facility
USD220m

Bank facility
USD500m

Reg S
USD400m

Maturity
Date

Feb 19

Dec 19

Aug 21

Aug 21

Oct 21

Aug 27

In September 2018, IPL refinanced its Syndicated Term Loan 
(AUD360m and USD217m) that was due to mature in October 
2018. The refinanced Syndicated Term Loan is domiciled in 
Australia and consists of two tranches: Tranche A has a limit of 
AUD260m and Tranche B has a limit of USD220m. The facility 
matures in August 2021.

The Company holds the following debt that matures in 2019:

Directors’ Report

Cash Flow

Operating cash inflows increased $15.0m as compared to 
2017. This increase is largely attributable to a $76.5m, or 9.9 
percent increase in EBITDA ex IMIs, offset in part by increased 
interest costs and the Waggaman delayed compensation 
payments received in 2017.

Investing cash outflows increased $35.7m mainly due to spend 
on major plant turnarounds in 2018 and lower proceeds from 
asset sales. This was partially offset by the decrease in growth 
capital spend as a result of the completion of the Waggaman 
plant construction in 2017. 

Financing cash outflows increased largely due to the $210.3m 
spend on the repurchase of IPL shares under the $300m share 
buyback program in 2018. 

Financial Position 

IPL’s Balance Sheet remains sound, reflecting the Group’s 
ongoing commitment to financial discipline and effective cash 
management. As at 30 September 2018, IPL had net debt of 
$1,371.6m and Net debt/EBITDA of 1.6x which remained well 
within IPL’s target range of less than 2.5x.

Year Ended 30 September

FY18
A$m

FY17
A$m

Change
A$m

IPL GROUP

Balance Sheet

Assets

TWC – Fertilisers

TWC – Explosives

Group TWC

Net PP&E

 (164.8)

 (170.2)

 113.0 

 119.7 

 (51.8)

 (50.5)

 5.4 

 (6.7)

 (1.3)

 4,004.3 

 3,854.8 

 149.5 

•  AUD200m 5.5-year bonds on issue in the Australian debt 

capital market, maturing February 2019.

•  USD800m (AUD1,110m) 10-year bonds on issue in the  
US 144A/Regulation S debt capital market, maturing 
December 2019.

Intangible assets

 3,046.6 

 3,121.0 

 (74.4)

Total Assets

Liabilities

 6,999.1 

 6,925.3 

 73.8 

Environmental & restructure provisions

 (121.2)

 (115.5)

 (5.7)

Tax liabilities

Net other liabilities

Net debt

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

Equity

 (521.5)

 (499.3)

 (22.2)

 (240.6)

 (259.5)

 18.9 

(1,371.6)

 (1,291.9)

 (79.7)

(2,254.9)  (2,166.2)

 (88.7)

4,744.2

4,759.1

(14.9)

4,744.2

4,759.1

(14.9)

Key Performance Indicators 

Net tangible assets per share

1.04

0.97

Group – Average TWC as % Rev(1)

 5.1%

 4.7%

Credit Metrics

Net debt(2)

Interest cover(3) 

Net debt/LTM EBITDA ex IMIs(4)

(1,371.6)

(1,291.9)

(79.7)

7.3x

1.6x

7.9x

1.7x

(1)  Average TWC as % Revenue = 13 month average trade working capital/ 

12 months rolling revenue. 

(2)  Net debt aggregates interest bearing liabilities plus the fair value of 

derivative instruments in place to economically hedge the Group’s interest 
bearing liabilities, less available cash and cash equivalents.

(3)  Interest cover = 12 month rolling EBITDA ex IMIs/net interest expense.
(4)  Net debt/LTM EBITDA ratio is calculated using 12 month rolling EBITDA ex IMIs.

The Company expects to refinance the maturing debt with 
similar long-term financing during 2019.

Net Property, Plant & Equipment increased by $149.5m mainly 
due to sustenance capital expenditure of $229.7m (including 
plant turnarounds); spend on minor growth projects of 
$35.2m; and the impact of foreign currency translation of non-
A$ denominated assets of $158.9m. This was offset in part by 
the depreciation charge for the year of $271.5m and asset 
disposals/write-offs of $7.8m.

Intangible assets decreased by $74.4m mainly as a result of 
the impairment of DNAP goodwill of $236.0m and the 
amortisation of intangibles of $22.8m. This was partially offset 
by the impact of foreign currency translation of non-A$ 
denominated assets of $150.7m and spend on digital 
technology, product delivery solutions and IT system upgrades 
of $32.0m.

Tax liabilities increased by $22.2m mainly due to the timing 
differences between tax and accounting depreciation related 
to property, plant and equipment and intangibles. This was 
partially offset by the impact of lower US tax rates on US 
deferred tax balances.

Net other liabilities decreased by $18.9m mainly due to 
payments against 2017 capital commitments, offset in part by 
the utilisation of prepaid gas in the Fertilisers business in 
2018.

8

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Net debt of $1,371.6m was up $79.7m relative to 2017 due in 
part to the impact of the Group’s share buyback of $210.3m 
and increased capital expenditure on turnarounds. This was 
partially offset by increased cashflows from higher earnings 
and the higher fair value of balance sheet hedges. The fair 
value of net debt hedges at 30 September 2018 was $414.7m 
(2017: $304.3m).

Capital Allocation

DNAP
35%

IPL’s capital allocation process is centralised and overseen by 
the Group’s Corporate Finance function. Capital is invested on 
a prioritised basis and all submissions are assessed against 
IPL’s risk, HSE, financial, strategic and corporate governance 
criteria. Capital is broadly categorised into major growth 
capital, minor growth capital and sustenance capital.

IPL GROUP

Capital Expenditure

Waggaman

Major growth capital

DNA

DNAP

Fertilisers

Minor growth capital

DNA

DNAP

Fertilisers

Sustenance

Total 

Year Ended 30 September

FY18
A$m

FY17 Change
A$m
A$m

–

–

 17.0

 10.6

 37.0

 64.6

 74.5

 14.4

Fertilisers
18%

 83.1

 83.1

 16.3

 6.9

 28.8

83.1

83.1

(0.7)

(3.7)

(8.2)

 52.0

(12.6)

 71.5

 69.9

(3.0)

55.5 

 171.8

 43.2

(128.6)

 260.7

 184.6

(76.1)

 325.3

 319.7

(5.6)

Sustenance capital spend in 2018 was $260.7m primarily 
relating to major turnaround campaigns completed at the 
Phosphate Hill, Mt Isa, Cheyenne and St Helens plants in 2018.

Minor growth spend of $64.6m in 2018 was mainly to support 
volumes growth in Explosives and investment in technology.

Shareholder Returns and Dividends

Earnings per share (EPS) ex IMIs of 20.9 cents per share 
increased 10.6 percent compared to 2017 ex IMIs (18.9 cents).

The Company completed $210.3m of the $300m share 
buyback program in 2018. The timeframe for the completion of 
the program was extended and it is expected to be completed 
during the first half of calendar 2019.

In November 2018, the Directors of IPL determined to pay a 
20% franked final dividend of 6.2 cents per share payable in 
December 2018, bringing total dividends paid with respect to 
the 2018 financial year to 10.7 cents per share. This represents  
a payout ratio of approximately 50 percent for the 2018 
financial year (before individually material items).

Dyno Nobel Americas

2018 EBIT Contribution(1) 

2018 Revenue Contribution(1) 

DNA
47%

DNA
37%

DNAP
25%

(1)  Excludes elimination

The Dyno Nobel Americas business comprises three 
downstream businesses, consisting of:

•  Explosives;
•  Waggaman; and 
•  Agriculture & Industrial Chemicals (Ag & IC). 

Fertilisers
38%

EBIT from the Dyno Nobel Americas business in 2018 of 
US$211.6m increased US$38.5m, or 22.2 percent mainly due 
to higher margins in the Explosives business, driven by 
increased sales volume; and higher earnings from 
Waggaman operations. 

DYNO NOBEL AMERICAS

Year Ended 30 September

Explosives

Waggaman

Ag & IC

Total Revenue

Explosives

Waggaman

Ag & IC

EBIT

EBIT margin

A$m

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

FY18 
US$m

804.6

187.0

118.5

1,110.1

130.2

76.2

5.2

211.6

19.1%

FY17 
US$m

735.8

91.4

126.8

954.0

117.8

50.5

4.8

173.1

18.1%

1,462.3 

1,251.4 

278.6 

228.4 

19.1%

18.3%

Change 
%

 9.4

 104.6

(6.5)

 16.4

 10.5

 50.9

 8.3

 22.2

 16.9

 22.0

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

9

Directors’ Report

Explosives

Waggaman Operations

Dyno Nobel is the second largest industrial explosives 
distributor in North America by volume. It provides 
ammonium nitrate, initiating systems and services to the 
Quarry & Construction sector in the southern US, northeast 
US and Canada, to the Coal sector in the Powder River Basin, 
Illinois Basin and Appalachia, and to the Base & Precious 
Metals sector in the US midwest, US west and Canada.

Earnings from the Explosives business increased US$12.4m, 
or 10.5 percent as compared to 2017, primarily due to 
higher sales volumes and cost efficiency gains. This was 
partially offset by the impact of the plant turnaround 
completed at Cheyenne during the year. 

The Dyno Nobel Americas business manufactures and 
distributes ammonia at its Waggaman, Louisiana plant in the 
United States. Ammonia produced at Waggaman is used in the 
manufacturing process at Dyno Nobel’s Louisiana, Missouri and 
Cheyenne, Wyoming plants, and sold to third parties under 
long term contractual arrangements.

Waggaman earnings for 2018 of $76.2m increased US$25.7m, 
or 50.9% as compared to 2017. The increase in earnings was 
mainly due to higher commodity prices, increased sales 
volumes and improved production efficiencies. This was 
partially offset by construction delay compensation of 
US$35.1m received in 2017.

WAGGAMAN

Year Ended 30 September

EXPLOSIVES

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

Year Ended 30 September

FY18 
US$m

804.6

130.2

FY17 
US$m

Change 
%

735.8

117.8

 9.4

 10.5

16.2%

16.0%

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

FY18 
US$m

187.0

76.2

FY17 
US$m

91.4

50.5

40.7%

55.3%

Change 
%

 104.6

 50.9

Agriculture & Industrial Chemicals (Ag & IC)

The Dyno Nobel Americas business manufactures and 
distributes nitrogen-based fertilisers in the United States 
primarily from its St Helens, Oregon plant. Nitrogen based 
fertilisers and other industrial chemicals products are also 
produced as a by-product at the Louisiana, Missouri and 
Cheyenne, Wyoming plants.

Ag & IC earnings of US$5.2m increased US$0.4m, or 8.3 
percent as compared to 2017. This was largely due to higher 
global fertilisers prices, offset by the impact of the St Helens 
plant turnaround completed in March 2018, and the 
unplanned outage of the nitric acid plant at Cheyenne in 
April 2018.

Ag & IC

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

Year Ended 30 September

FY18 
US$m

FY17 
US$m

Change 
%

118.5

126.8

5.2

4.8

4.4%

3.8%

(6.5)

 8.3

Quarry & Construction

40 percent of Dyno Nobel Americas Explosives revenue was 
generated from the Quarry & Construction sector in 2018. 
Dyno Nobel has a leading position in this end market, which 
benefits from a favourable mix of high grade explosives, 
proprietary initiating systems and services.

Volumes from the sector grew 7.4 percent as compared to 
2017. Growth was strong across the US, due to both market 
and share growth. 

Base & Precious Metals

32 percent of Dyno Nobel Americas Explosives revenue was 
generated from the Base & Precious Metals sector in 2018, 
the majority of which was from iron ore and copper mines in 
the US.

Volumes from the sector grew 5.1 percent compared to 2017 
largely due to the full year impact of 2017 contract wins and 
favourable market drivers in the industry.

Coal 

28 percent of Dyno Nobel Americas Explosives revenue was 
generated by the Coal sector in 2018, the vast majority of 
which was from product supplied to thermal coal mines in 
the Powder River and Illinois Basins. 

Volumes from the sector grew 16.0 percent compared to 
2017 largely due to the full year impact of the 2017 contract 
win in the Illinois Basin.

10

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

 
 
Manufacturing – Dyno Nobel Americas

Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific

In North America, Dyno Nobel manufactures ammonium 
nitrate at its Cheyenne, Wyoming and Louisiana, Missouri 
plants. The Cheyenne, Wyoming plant is adjacent to the 
Powder River Basin, North America’s most competitive 
thermal coal mining region. The Louisiana, Missouri plant has 
a competitive logistic footprint from which to support mining 
in both the Illinois Basin and Appalachia. 

Initiating systems are manufactured at Dyno Nobel’s facilities 
in Connecticut, Kentucky, Illinois, Missouri, Chile and Mexico, 
and are also sourced from DetNet South Africa (Pty) Ltd 
(DetNet), an IPL electronics joint venture. 

As noted above, the business also produces nitrogen-based 
fertilisers and industrial chemicals across four locations, that are 
delivered to its end markets via an integrated supply chain.

Manufacturing performance in the Dyno Nobel Americas 
business in 2018 was as follows: 

Waggaman, Louisiana – the plant operated at 103 percent 
of nameplate capacity, producing 823,700 metric tonne of 
ammonia for the year, up 52.5 percent on 2017.

Cheyenne, Wyoming – UAN production was down 9.8 
percent compared to 2017, as a result of the turnaround 
completed in November 2018 and an unplanned outage in 
April 2018. 

Ammonium nitrate production from the plant increased by 
2.9 percent compared to 2017, with the major turnaround 
commencing in September 2017 impacting production in 
both the 2017 and 2018 financial years. 

Louisiana, Missouri – Nitric Acid production from the Louisiana, 
Missouri plant increased 7.8 percent compared to 2017.

St Helens, Oregon – Urea production from the St Helens 
plant was down 10.2 percent compared to 2017 as a result 
of the turnaround that was completed in March 2018.

2018 EBIT Contribution(1) 

2018 Revenue Contribution(1) 

DNAP
35%

(1)  Excludes elimination

DNAP
25%

DNA
47%

DNA

37%

Through Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific, IPL provides ammonium 
nitrate based industrial explosives, initiating systems and 
services to the Metallurgical Coal and Base & Precious Metals 
sectors in Australia, and internationally to a number of 
countries including Indonesia, Papua New Guinea and Turkey 
through its subsidiaries and joint ventures. Ammonium nitrate 
is often sold in conjunction with proprietary initiating systems 
and services. 

Fertilisers
18%

Fertilisers
38%

Dyno Nobel is the second largest industrial explosives 
distributor in Australia by volume, which in turn is the world’s 
third largest industrial explosives market. In Australia, Dyno 
Nobel primarily supplies its products to metallurgical coal 
mines in the east and to iron ore mines in the west.

Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific earnings for 2018 of $205.4m 
increased by $16.4m, or 8.7 percent as compared to 2017. 
Increased earnings were mainly driven by improved plant 
efficiencies at the Moranbah, Queensland plant and increased 
sales volumes across the Australian business, in particular to 
Metallurgical Coal customers in the Bowen Basin. This was 
partially offset by the impact of lost contracts in Western 
Australia in 2018. 

DYNO NOBEL ASIA PACIFIC

Metallurgical Coal

Base & Precious Metals

International

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

Year Ended 30 September

FY18
A$m

FY17
A$m

Change
%

 491.1 

 442.6 

 11.0 

 351.3 

 352.3 

 136.2 

 138.3 

 978.6 

 933.2 

 205.4 

 189.0 

21.0%

20.3%

(0.3)

(1.5)

 4.9 

 8.7 

Metallurgical Coal 

50 percent of Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific revenue for the year 
was generated from the Metallurgical Coal sector, most of 
which was from supply to mines in the Bowen Basin. 

Volumes from the Metallurgical Coal sector increased 10.3 
percent as compared to 2017, largely driven by increased 
customer demand, underpinned by strong mining activity. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

11

 
Directors’ Report

DNAP
35%

DNAP
25%

DNA
47%

DNA
37%

Base & Precious Metals

Fertilisers Asia Pacific

36 percent of Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific revenue was 
generated from the Base & Precious Metals sector, which 
comprises iron ore mines in Western Australia and hard rock 
and underground mines throughout Australia. 

Volumes from the sector increased 1.0 percent compared to 
2017, with higher customer demand largely offset by lost 
business in Western Australia.

International

14 percent of Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific revenue was 
generated internationally including in Indonesia, Turkey and 
Papua New Guinea. 

International volumes decreased 3.6 percent as compared to 
2017, mainly driven by lower mining activity at a customer 
site in Indonesia, mostly offset by growth in the Turkish 
business. 

Manufacturing – Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific

In Australia, Dyno Nobel manufactures ammonium nitrate at 
its Moranbah ammonium nitrate plant, which is located in the 
Bowen Basin, the world’s premier metallurgical coal region. It 
also sources third party ammonium nitrate from time to time. 

The Moranbah plant was commissioned in 2012 and produced 
370,700 metric tonnes of ammonium nitrate equivalent 
product in 2018, an increase of 15.4 percent on 2017. The 
plant has been operating at record levels since the major 
turnaround completed in April 2017. 

Moranbah Ammonium Nitrate Production
Thousand metric tonnes

400

300

200

160 

162

100

130 

149

0

1H

2H

182

189

176

169

182

139

2018 EBIT Contribution(1) 

2018 Revenue Contribution(1) 

Fertilisers
18%

Fertilisers
38%

(1)  Excludes elimination

IPL’s Fertilisers business in Australia is the largest domestic 
manufacturer and supplier of fertilisers by volume. 

Internationally, the Fertilisers business sells to major offshore 
agricultural markets in Asia Pacific, the Indian subcontinent, 
Brazil and the United States. It also procures fertilisers from 
overseas manufacturers to meet domestic seasonal peaks. 
Much of this activity is conducted through Quantum 
Fertilisers Limited, a Hong Kong based subsidiary. 

The Fertilisers business manufactures the following fertilisers 
at four locations: 

•  Phosphate Hill: Di/mono-ammonium phosphate (DAP/MAP);
•  Gibson Island: Ammonia (Big N), Granulated ammonium 

sulphate (GranAm) and Urea; and

•  Geelong and Portland: Single Super Phosphate (SSP).

Fertilisers earnings in 2018 of $104.6m increased $0.7m, or 
0.7 percent as compared to 2017. This result was mainly 
driven by higher commodity prices, particularly DAP and 
Urea. However, it was largely offset by lower sales volumes 
and increased manufacturing costs as a result of the 
turnarounds completed at Phosphate Hill and Mt Isa in 2018; 
the impact of unplanned outages at the Gibson Island plant; 
and the adverse impact of drought conditions in New South 
Wales and Southern Queensland on sales mix and volumes. 

Year Ended 30 September

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

FERTILISERS ASIA PACIFIC

Initiating systems are manufactured in Australia at Dyno 
Nobel’s Helidon, Queensland facility and are also sourced from 
IPL facilities in the Americas and from DetNet.

Phosphate Hill

Industrial & Trading

Quantum Fertilisers

SCI Revenue

IPF Revenue

Fertilisers Elimination

Fertilisers Revenue

SCI EBIT

IPF EBIT

Profit-in-stock elimination

Fertilisers EBIT

EBIT margin

FY17
A$m

Change
%

FY18
A$m

480.0 

111.2 

13.8 

445.3 

94.4 

13.6 

 605.0 

 553.3 

 1,088.4 

 1,010.3 

(221.7)

(213.8)

1,471.7 

1,349.8 

 69.1 

 37.7 

(2.2)

 45.9 

 56.8 

1.2 

104.6 

103.9 

7.1%

7.7%

 7.8

 17.8

 1.5

 9.3

 7.7

 3.7

 9.0

 50.5 

(33.6)

na

 0.7

Fertilisers sales volumes were 2.3 percent down in 2018 at 
3.01 million metric tonnes (2017: 3.08 million metric 
tonnes). 

12

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

 
Southern Cross International (SCI)

Group Outlook and Sensitivities

Phosphate Hill manufactured tonnes sold to the IPF business, 
at import parity price, decreased 8.3 percent compared to 
2017 mainly as a result of the plant turnaround completed in 
April 2018. 

Benefits from higher global ammonium phosphates prices 
more than offset the impact from production outages in 
2018. 

Industrial & Trading and Quantum Fertilisers earnings in 2018 
were largely flat on 2017. 

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF)

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers domestic distribution volumes 
decreased to 2.18 million metric tonnes, down 2.1 percent 
compared to 2017. 

Distribution earnings were adversely impacted by sales mix 
in 2018, with drought conditions in NSW and Southern 
Queensland dampening nitrogen demand for winter crop 
application in these regions. The impact of dry weather was 
somewhat mitigated by higher global Urea prices, higher 
sales volumes in non-drought affected regions and higher 
distribution margins. 

Manufacturing – Fertilisers

Gibson Island – The plant produced 488,800 metric tonnes 
of urea equivalent product, down 1.5 percent on 2017. The 
lower production was a result of unplanned downtime to 
complete risk mitigation activities.

Phosphate Hill – Ammonium phosphates production of 
850,400 metric tonnes in 2018 decreased 9.6 percent 
compared to 2017, mainly due to the Phosphate Hill/Mt Isa 
turnarounds that were completed in May 2018. Integrity 
issues with the liner in one of the Phosphate Hill plant’s 
phosphoric acid tanks was identified during the turnaround, 
resulting in additional plant downtime during the year. The 
affected vessel has since been replaced and the issue 
resolved.

IPL does not provide profit guidance primarily due to the 
variability of commodity prices and foreign exchange 
movements. Instead, IPL provides an outlook for business 
performance expectations and sensitivities to key earnings 
drivers based on management’s view at the time of this 
Report.

Dyno Nobel Americas

The Explosives business is expected to generate moderate 
earnings growth in 2019 via higher volumes in the Quarry  
& Construction (mid-single digit) and Base & Precious Metals 
(low single digit) sectors. Coal sector volumes are expected to 
remain flat in 2019, with retirements of coal fired electricity 
generators continuing.

Absent major turnarounds at Cheyenne and St Helens in 2019, 
earnings are expected to benefit from improved plant 
efficiencies, increased production volumes and lower 
manufacturing costs.

The Waggaman plant is expected to continue its strong 
production performance from 2018, at slightly above its 
800,000 metric tonne nameplate capacity, with no planned 
outages scheduled for 2019. The operational earnings of 
Waggaman are subject to movements in ammonia and 
natural gas prices.

Agriculture & Industrial Chemicals production volumes are 
expected to be higher, with no major turnarounds planned for 
2019 and all known material production issues at Cheyenne 
and St Helens now resolved. Operational earnings are subject 
to movements in global fertilisers prices, particularly Urea  
and UAN.

Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific 

Sales volumes are expected to remain strong across all sectors 
in 2019 underpinned by robust mining activity, particularly in 
the Bowen Basin. 

Moranbah production is expected to be in line with 2018 
record production at approximately 370,000 metric tonnes of 
ammonium nitrate.

The impact of contract losses in the Base & Precious Metals 
sector for 2019 is $14m ($10m after tax) versus 2018 
earnings.

The business remains focussed on actively working with its 
customers through contract reviews and renewals over the 
next two years. 

The ammonium nitrate oversupply position in Australia is 
expected to keep pressure on pricing and margin.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

13

Directors’ Report

Fertilisers Asia Pacific

Sensitivities

The following table provides sensitivities to key earnings 
drivers as they relate to the 2018 financial year. As 
demonstrated, IPL’s earnings are influenced by movements in 
global commodity prices and foreign exchange rates. Investors 
should be cognisant of these factors. 

2018 Sensitivities

Commodity

Proxy Index

EBIT Sensitivies

Americas

Ammonia(1)

CFR Tampa

+/- US$10/mt = +/- US$6.5m

Natural Gas(2)

Henry Hub

+/- US$0.10/mmbtu = -/+ US$2.7m

Urea(3) 

FOB NOLA

+/- US$10/mt = +/- US$1.7m

FX EBIT Translation(4)

Asia Pacific

+/- A$/US$0.01 = -/+ A$3.6m

DAP(5)

Urea(6) 

FOB Tampa

+/- US$10/mt = +/- A$11.3m

FOB Middle East

+/- US$10/mt = +/- A$4.4m

FX transactional(5,6)

+/- A$/US$0.01 = -/+ A$7.4m

(1)  Based on actual 2018 Waggaman manufactured and sold ammonia of 823.7k 

metric tonnes.

(2)  Based on actual 2018 Waggaman natural gas consumption. 
(3)  Based on St Helens plant capacity of 175k metric tonnes of urea equivalent 

product.

(4)  Based on actual 2018 Americas EBIT of US$211.6m and an average 2018 

exchange rate of A$/US$ 0.76.

(5)  Based on actual 2018 Phosphate Hill manufactured and sold DAP of 861k 
metric tonnes, 2018 average exchange rate of A$/US$ 0.76, and average 
2018 realised DAP price of US$400/metric tonne. 

(6)  Based on actual 2018 Gibson Island manufactured and sold urea equivalents 
of 335k metric tonnes, 2018 average exchange rate of A$/US$ 0.76, and 
2018 average realised urea price of US$259/metric tonne.

Fertilisers earnings will continue to be dependent on global 
fertilisers prices, the A$/US$ exchange rate and weather 
conditions. 

Recent tightness in the global fertilisers supply/demand 
balance has seen fertilisers prices firmer. However, the dry 
conditions in Queensland and NSW could impact irrigation 
water availability in these key summer crop markets in 2019. 
Distribution margins are expected to be materially consistent 
with 2018, subject to global fertilisers prices  
and the potential impact of ongoing dry weather across 
Eastern Australia.

The Phosphate Hill plant is expected to produce approximately 
1 million metric tonnes of ammonium phosphates in 2019, 
with no planned turnarounds in the year and known material 
production issues now resolved.

The Power and Water Corporation contract remains on track  
to deliver natural gas to Phosphate Hill by January 2019, 
reducing the plant’s gas cost by approximately $25m in 2019. 

Short term gas supply arrangements for Gibson Island expire 
on 31 December 2019. If economically viable gas cannot be 
secured for the period beyond 31 December 2019, it is likely 
that the facility will cease manufacturing operations. Gibson 
Island production volumes expected to be lower than 2018, 
with a planned 9-week shutdown in early 2019. The impact 
of higher gas cost on operational earnings is approximately 
$50m for 2019. Exploration activities of the acreage awarded 
to Central Petroleum Ltd in March 2018 will take place  
during 2019.

Group

Outlook for certain corporate items as they relate to 2019 are 
set out below: 

•  Corporate: Corporate costs for 2019 are expected to be flat 

on 2018.

•  Share Buyback: The timeframe for the completion of the 
share buyback program was extended and the remaining 
$90m of the program is expected to be completed during 
the first half of calendar 2019.

•  Borrowing Costs: Net borrowing costs are expected to be 

approximately $135m, which includes the expected impact 
of increased interest rates in the global economy and the 
anticipated weaker Australian dollar. 

•  Taxation: Considering the broader impact of US tax reform 
legislation and based on current legislation and known 
regulations released to date, the effective tax rate in 2019 
is expected to be between 19% and 21%.

•  Hedging Program: 50% of estimated first half 2019 US$ 
linked fertilisers sales are hedged at a rate of $0.75 with 
full participation in downward rate movements. IPL’s 
foreign currency exposure relating to fertilisers sales will 
continue to be actively managed.

•  BEx Efficiency Benefits: Targeting at least $25m of 

sustainable net productivity benefits in 2019.

14

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Principal Risks

Set out below are the principal risks and uncertainties associated with IPL’s business and operations. These risks, which may occur 
individually or concurrently, could significantly affect the Group’s business and operations. There may be additional risks unknown 
to IPL and other risks, currently believed to be immaterial, which could become material. In addition, any loss from such risks may 
not be recoverable in whole or in part under IPL’s insurance policies. The treatment strategies do not remove the risks; while in 
some cases they may either partially or fully mitigate the exposure, residual risk remains. 

The Group’s process for managing risk is set out in the Corporate Governance Statement (Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk).

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

General economic and business conditions

Changing 
global 
economic and 
business 
climate

The current global economic and business climate and 
any sustained downturn in the North American, South 
American, Asian, European or Australian economies may 
adversely impact IPL’s overall performance. This may 
affect demand for industrial explosives, industrial 
chemicals and fertilisers and related products and 
services, and profitability in respect of them.

Commodity 
price risks

Pricing for fertilisers, ammonia, ammonium nitrate and 
certain other industrial chemicals is linked to 
internationally traded commodities (for example, 
ammonia, ammonium phosphates and urea); price 
fluctuations in these products could adversely affect 
IPL’s business. The pricing of internationally traded 
commodities is based on international benchmarks and 
is affected by global supply and demand forces. 

Weaker hard and soft commodity prices (particularly 
coal, iron ore, gold, corn, wheat, cotton and sugar) could 
have an adverse impact on the Group’s customers and 
has the potential to impact the customers’ demand, 
impacting volume and market prices.

•  Diversification across explosives and fertilisers markets in 

numerous geographical locations helps diversify exposures. 

•  Long term sustainable competitiveness and business fluidity 
is managed through continuous improvement in productivity 
and efficiency. 

•  Continuous review of country specific risks helps proactive 

management of potential exposures.

•  The Group seeks to maintain or achieve low cost positions in 
its chosen markets, which helps its businesses to compete 
in changing and competitive environments. 

• 

• 

Integrated Business Planning (IBP) processes assist in 
optimising inventory to reduce price risk of stock on hand. 

IPL employs a “value at risk” framework with respect to its 
Australian fertiliser operations. This allows the business to 
better manage its short and medium-term exposures to 
commodity price fluctuations, while taking into account its 
commercial obligations and the associated price risks. 

•  To ensure volume and price commitments are upheld, the 
Group has firm and enforceable customer supply contracts. 

•  Where commodity price exposures cannot be eliminated 

through contracted and/or other commercial arrangements, 
the Group may enter into derivative contracts, where 
available on a needs basis, to mitigate this risk. However, in 
some instances price risk exposure cannot be economically 
mitigated by either contractual arrangements or derivative 
contracts. In relation to ammonium nitrate for DNAP, IPL also 
maintains multiple supply sources to help with both supply 
and commodity price risk. 

External 
financial risk

The appreciation or depreciation of the A$ against the 
US$ may materially affect IPL’s financial performance. 

• 

A large proportion of IPL’s sales are denominated either 
directly or indirectly in foreign currencies, primarily the 
US$. 

In addition, IPL also borrows funds in US$, and the A$ 
equivalent of these borrowings and the interest payable 
on them will fluctuate with the exchange rate. 

Other financial risks that can impact IPL’s earnings 
include the cost and availability of funds to meet its 
business needs, compliance with terms of financing 
arrangements, movements in interest rates and the 
imposition or removal of tariffs.

IPL’s capital management strategy is aimed at maintaining 
an investment grade credit profile to allow it to optimise 
the weighted average cost of capital over the long term 
while maintaining an appropriate mix of US$/A$ debt, 
provide funding flexibility by accessing different debt 
markets and reduce refinancing risk by ensuring a spread of 
debt maturities. A detailed discussion of financial risks is 
included in Note 16 (Financial Risk Management). 

•  Group Treasury undertakes financial risk management in 
accordance with policies approved by the Board. Hedging 
strategies are adopted to manage, to the extent possible 
and appropriate, currency and interest rate risks.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

15

Directors’ Report

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

IPL operates in highly competitive markets with varying 
competitor dynamics and industry structures. 

• 

IPL seeks to maintain or develop competitive cost positions 
in its chosen markets, whilst maintaining quality product 
and service offerings. This focus on cost and quality 
positions its business units to compete over the medium to 
longer term in changing and competitive environments. 

•  Where practical, IPL prefers to engage in long term 
customer and supply contractual relationships. 

•  Pricing and risk management processes exist in all 

businesses.

•  Where practical, for customers in the Explosives sector, IPL 
prefers to engage in long term customer contractual 
relationships. 

•  The Group attempts to diversify its customer base to reduce 
the potential impact of the loss of any single customer. 

•  Sales and customer plans are developed in line with IPL’s 

strategy. 

•  The Group manages customer credit risks by establishing 

credit limits by customer, as well as monitoring and actively 
managing overdue amounts within policy guidelines. 
Additionally, the Group endeavours to negotiate contractual 
terms that provide protection to address customer non-
payment or financial distress.

•  From time to time, the Group purchases trade credit 

insurance to minimise credit risk.

• 

• 

IPL utilises Net Promoter Scores and “Voice of Customer” 
programs to enhance its customer relationships and to help 
identify customer related issues early.

IPL operates and manufactures products using detailed 
quality management systems. Quality assurance plans are in 
place for manufactured products intermediaries, procured 
products and raw materials. 

•  Certificates of Analysis are provided for bulk shipments of 

fertiliser into export markets.

Industry 
structure and 
competition 
risks

Customer risks

The actions of established or potential competitors could 
have a negative impact on sales and market share and 
hence the Group’s financial performance. 

The balance between supply and demand of the 
products that IPL manufactures and sells can greatly 
influence prices and plant utilisation. The structural shift 
in the North American power sector, which has seen a 
movement away from coal-fired energy production and 
towards natural gas, has placed increased pressure on 
existing customers (therefore giving rise to increased 
cost pressure on inputs to their supply) and has also 
resulted in reduced demand for their outputs.

Reduced demand for steel inputs (in particular iron ore 
and metallurgical coal) can lead to a decrease in 
demand for explosives in these industries. 

IPL’s fertiliser operations compete against global 
manufacturers with lower input costs and potentially 
having regulatory and economic advantages. A 
competitive market may also lead to the loss of 
customers which may negatively impact earnings.

Refer to ‘Climate Change Risks’ for potential risks and 
consequences related to industry structure and 
competition as a result of climate change. 

IPL has strong relationships with key customers for the 
supply of products and services. These relationships are 
fundamental to the Group’s financial performance, on 
which the loss of key customer(s) may have a negative 
impact. This is particularly relevant to the Explosives 
sectors, where supply contracts tend to be longer term 
and significant high value customers are represented. 

Customer(s)’ inability to pay their accounts when they 
fall due, or inability to continue purchasing from the 
Group due to financial distress, may expose the Group 
to customer credit risks.

Product 
quality and/or 
specification  
risk

IPL manufactures or produces product to specific 
customer and industry specifications and statutory 
parameters. The Group is exposed to financial and 
reputational risk if these standards, requirements and 
limits are not met.

16

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Oversupply of 
ammonium 
nitrate in Asia 
Pacific and 
Americas

New ammonium nitrate capacity has recently been 
introduced in the Asia Pacific geographic region. The 
new capacity in Asia Pacific has created a supply/
demand imbalance. In the Americas market, the supply 
of ammonium nitrate is currently higher than demand 
and this position is expected to continue for a number 
of years.

•  Where practical, for customers in the Explosives sector, IPL 
prefers to engage in long term customer contractual 
relationships to manage both manufactured and supply 
positions. 

• 

IPL seeks to maintain or develop competitive cost positions in 
its chosen markets, whilst maintaining quality product and 
service offerings.

Operational risks

Production, 
transportation 
and storage 
risks

IPL’s operations are inherently dangerous. IPL operates 
15 key manufacturing and assembly sites and is 
exposed to operational risks associated with the 
manufacture, transportation and storage of fertilisers, 
ammonium nitrate, initiating systems, industrial 
chemicals and industrial explosives products. 

These operational risks include an unintended 
detonation of explosives, or unintended toxic release 
during manufacture, transportation or storage. 

IPL’s manufacturing systems are vulnerable to 
equipment breakdowns, energy or water disruptions, 
natural disasters and acts of God, unforeseen human 
error, sabotage, terrorist attacks and other unforeseen 
events which may disrupt IPL’s operations and 
materially affect its financial performance. 

Timely and economic supply of key raw materials 
represents a potential risk to the Group’s ability to 
supply. In some markets in which IPL operates, 
economic supply of key raw materials to the Group is 
reliant on only a few external parties.

There is a risk that if production is not sold and 
effectively moved from site, plant uptime and earnings 
could be negatively impacted should storage at site 
become full.

•  A Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) management 
system is in place with clear principles and policies 
communicated to employees. 

•  HSE risk identification, mitigation and management 

strategies are employed at all times and across all sites. 
Incidents are reported and investigated, and learnings are 
shared throughout the Group. 

•  Appropriate workers’ compensation programs are in place 
globally to assist employees who have been injured while 
at work, including external insurance coverage. 

• 

IPL undertakes business continuity planning and disaster 
preparedness across all sites. 

•  Global industrial special risk insurance is obtained from a 
variety of highly rated insurance companies to ensure the 
appropriate coverage is in place. The policies insure the 
business, subject to policy and retention limits, from 
damage to its plants and property and the associated costs 
arising from business interruptions. 

•  Where possible, flexible supply chain and alternative 
sourcing solutions are maintained as a contingency. 

•  The IBP process and inventory management practices 

provide flexibility to mitigate the impacts of short term 
disruptions. 

•  The Group has strict processes around the stewardship, 

movement and safe handling of dangerous goods and other 
chemicals.

•  Plants have storage capacity, as well as logistics capability 

that allows for offtake to be distributed. For example, at the 
Waggaman Louisiana plant offtake may be distributed via 
rail, truck, barge and pipeline.

•  The Group endeavours to include liability provisions and 
force majeure clauses in agreements where relevant.  

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

17

Directors’ Report

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Natural gas 
supply and 
price risk

Sulphuric acid 
cost and supply 
into Phosphate 
Hill

Natural gas is one of the major inputs required for the 
production of ammonia and therefore is a critical 
feedstock for IPL’s nitrogen manufacturing operations. 
Availability and quality of natural gas are both key 
factors when sourcing supply. Potential disruption of 
supply also poses a risk. 

The Group has various natural gas contracts and supply 
arrangements for its plants. In respect of the Australian 
fertiliser operations, there is a risk that a reliable, 
committed source of natural gas at economically viable 
prices may not be available following the expiry of 
current contractual arrangements. In particular, while 
short term gas supply arrangements have been secured 
for Gibson Island, those arrangements expire on 31 
December 2019 and if economically viable gas cannot 
be secured for the period beyond 31 December 2019, it 
is likely the facility will cease manufacturing operations.

The cost of natural gas impacts the variable cost of 
production of ammonia and significantly influences the 
plants’ overall competitive position.

Sulphuric acid is a major raw material required for the 
production of ammonium phosphates. Approximately 40 
percent of Phosphate Hill’s sulphuric acid needs come 
from processing metallurgical gas sourced from 
Glencore’s Mt Isa Mines copper smelting facility. Glencore 
has confirmed that Mt Isa Mines has the necessary 
environmental authority to operate to 2022. Alternative 
sources of sulphuric acid are likely to negatively impact 
the cost of producing ammonium phosphates at the 
Phosphate Hill facility. 

The quantum of the impact will depend on the future 
availability and price of sulphur and/or sulphuric acid 
and the prevailing A$/US$ rate. 

Sulphuric acid supply into Phosphate Hill may be 
negatively impacted from a volume and/or price 
perspective, should the Mt Isa Mines copper smelter 
close.

•  The Group has medium term gas contracts in place for its 

Australian manufacturing sites, with the exception of Gibson 
Island in respect of which contracted gas supply is in place 
through to the end of 2019. The contracts have various 
tenures and pricing mechanisms. As part of normal 
operations, IPL explores new gas supply arrangements 
where appropriate. 

•  The US natural gas market is a liquid market, with offtake 

facilitated by an extensive pipeline infrastructure and pricing 
commonly referenced to a quoted market price. The 
Americas business has short term gas supply arrangements 
in place for its gas needs with market referenced pricing 
mechanisms. 

•  Gas supply has been substantially contracted for the 

Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant through to 2021, with 
pricing determined by reference to the price for gas traded 
through the Henry Hub. 

• 

In respect of the Americas business (including the 
Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant), there is an ability to 
hedge gas prices and the Group reviews its approach to gas 
hedging in the US on a regular basis.

•  The Group has several sources of sulphuric acid for supply 

for Phosphate Hill. Along with sulphuric acid produced from 
metallurgical gas capture, Mt Isa produces sulphuric acid 
from burning imported elemental sulphur. Phosphate Hill’s 
operations are also supplemented with sulphuric acid 
purchased directly from a domestic smelter to meet total 
sulphuric acid requirements for the production of 
ammonium phosphates. In addition, Phosphate Hill uses 
phosphoric acid reclaimed from its gypsum stacks in place 
of sulphuric acid. It is unlikely that the majority of the lost 
sulphuric acid sourced from Glencore could be replaced 
economically. 

•  The Mt Isa site is a leased site, with a lease contract in place 
with Mt Isa Mines to 2028. Accordingly, IPL would be able to 
continue to produce sulphuric acid at Mt Isa (albeit at a 
higher cost) by burning elemental sulphur until 2028, should 
the copper smelter operation cease before that time.

Phosphate rock

Phosphate rock, used in the manufacture of both 
ammonium phosphates and single superphosphate 
fertilisers, is a naturally occurring mineral rock. 

•  At its own facility in Phosphate Hill, IPL mines phosphate 
rock which is used for the production of ammonium 
phosphates at that facility. 

Phosphate rock is an internationally traded commodity, 
with pricing based on international benchmarks, and is 
affected by global supply and demand forces. Its cost for 
single superphosphate manufacturing purposes is also 
impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange 
rates, particularly the A$/US$ rate. Fluctuations in either 
of these variables can impact the cost of IPL’s single 
superphosphate manufacturing operations, as these 
operations rely on rock imported from limited foreign 
supply sources.

•  Phosphate rock is used in the production of single 

superphosphate at IPL’s Geelong and Portland operations. 
IPL seeks to diversify the sources of supply of rock (subject 
to certain requirements regarding the composition of the 
rock, including cadmium and odour considerations) required 
for these operations by sourcing it from a number of 
international suppliers (albeit that the sources of supply  
are limited).

A shortage of skilled labour or loss of key personnel 
could disrupt IPL’s business operations or adversely 
affect IPL’s business and financial performance. IPL’s 
manufacturing plants require skilled operators drawn 
from a range of disciplines, trades and vocations. 

IPL has operations in regional and remote locations 
where it can be difficult to attract and retain critical and 
diverse talent.

• 

IPL’s scale provides some, albeit limited, ability to relocate 
staff to cover shortages or losses of critical staff. 

•  The Group has policies and procedures, including flexible 
working arrangements and competitive compensation 
structures, designed to help attract and retain workforce.

•  Management identifies critical roles and attempts to 
implement policies to help ensure that appropriate 
succession and retention plans are in place for those roles.

Labour

18

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Risk

Weather

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Seasonal conditions (particularly rainfall), are a key factor 
for determining demand and sales of explosives and 
fertilisers. Any prolonged change in weather patterns & 
severity of adverse weather conditions could impact the 
future profitability and prospects of IPL. 

•  The IBP process incorporates forecasting on a rolling 

24-month basis which enables scenario planning and some 
supply flexibility. Forecasts are based on typical weather 
conditions and are reviewed on an ongoing basis as the 
seasons progress to help align supply to changing demand. 

Further disclosure on climate related risks can be found 
in the Climate Change Risks sub-sections of this report.

• 

• 

IPL’s Australian fertilisers business operates in all Australian 
States other than Western Australia. In addition to 
geographical diversity, there is also diversity across crops –  
IPL supplies fertilisers for a wide range of agricultural 
applications – and customers serviced.

IPL’s international explosives businesses operate across 
geographically diverse locations, principally Australia and 
North America with exposures to diverse sectors including 
coal, iron ore, quarry & construction and metals mining.

Climate change risks associated with a 2 Degree Scenario risk analysis

The ‘2 Degree Scenario’: A scenario in which climate change is limited to 2 degrees by 2100 requires rapid decarbonisation of the global economy 
and is in keeping with the global agreement to reduce carbon dioxide equivalent (carbon) emissions which was reached through the United 
Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change agreement in Paris in 2015. It represents a future in which stringent climate policies are put in 
place in the short to medium term, leading to a decline in carbon emissions after 2040. This scenario projects an average global temperature 
increase of between 0.9°C and 2°C by 2050 and between 1.1°C and 2.6°C degrees by 2090. Because this scenario assumes rapid global action is 
taken to reduce emissions, acute and chronic physical risks associated with a greater degree of warming are not as severe. While extreme 
weather events, droughts and floods are expected to continue to increase in this scenario, the risks associated with these impacts were not 
identified as individually material by the IPL Risk Matrix. The material financial risks identified for IPL during a risk analysis against the 2-degree 
scenario are associated with the rapid transitioning of the economy towards decarbonisation.

• 

• 

IPL has a large, diverse supplier group, which would assist in 
avoiding carbon pricing pass through in the short-term. 

IPL customer agreements provide for the pass through of 
carbon pricing where possible.

•  Domestic co-location of critical products will reduce carbon 
costs associated with transport. Diversification away from 
single source suppliers, already being managed, will also 
assist in managing the potentially volatile/variable costs 
associated with increased regulation, including carbon 
pricing, in the period between 2030 and 2040.

Policy and  
legal risks

IPL has manufacturing facilities across various 
geographical locations that may be impacted by 
regulatory changes aimed at reducing the impact of, or 
otherwise addressing, climate change. Any changed 
regulation could result in an increase to the cost base or 
operating cost of these plants, and it may not be 
possible to alter sales prices to offset these cost 
increases. This includes, but is not restricted to, any 
regulations relating to reducing carbon emissions. 
Alternatively, any such regulatory changes may 
potentially impact the ability of these plants to continue 
functioning as currently operated. This risk would be 
heightened if regulatory changes are implemented 
inconsistently across regions or countries so that IPL’s 
facilities (principally located in Australia and North 
America) are impacted by regulatory changes while 
manufacturing facilities of competitors operating in other 
jurisdictions are less impacted.

Carbon pricing currently applies in Australia, and under a 
2-degree scenario, rapid action to limit climate change 
would include a global carbon price by 2020 (short-term 
risk: 1-3 years). Carbon pricing would increase 
operational costs as well as costs to transport products, 
which could impact until 2025, when most shipping 
options would be retrofitted with zero or low carbon 
mobility options (e.g. hydrogen). The transition to a 
global carbon price may give rise to a period of volatility 
where IPL would not be able to pass through the 
immediate carbon costs to customers, who may choose 
to source products more locally where available to avoid 
these carbon costs.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

19

Directors’ Report

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Market risks(1)

Under a 2-degree scenario, transitioning away from fossil 
fuels is likely to significantly decrease demand for 
thermal coal, with impacts beginning in the short term 
(1-3 years). However, the technologies associated with 
renewable energy such as electric vehicles and large-
scale batteries are likely to expand dramatically, with 
World Bank estimates indicating that demand for the 
metals required for these technologies could grow by 
1000% under a 2-degree scenario. While these mining 
operations (which use explosives) mitigate the loss of 
revenue from the thermal coal market, “new world 
commodities” do not require the same quantity of 
explosives as bulk commodities, resulting in lower 
overall demand and potentially leading to a supply/
demand imbalance.

• 

• 

• 

IPL seeks to maintain competitive cost positions in its 
chosen markets, whilst maintaining quality product and 
service offerings. This focus on cost and quality positions its 
business units to compete over the medium to longer term 
in changing and competitive environments. 

In the 2-degree scenario the reduction in demand for 
explosives supplying the thermal coal markets will be partly 
offset by the mining of new world commodities required for 
renewable technologies which could be higher margin 
activity.

IPL currently buys in a portion of its ammonium nitrate to 
fulfil current demand and could manage the rapid market 
change away from thermal coal through reduced purchasing 
of third-party ammonium nitrate.

•  Where practical, IPL prefers to engage in long term 
customer and supply contractual relationships. 

•  Pricing and risk management processes exist in all 

businesses. 

Climate change risks associated with a 4 Degree Scenario risk analysis

The ‘4 Degree Scenario’ assumes negligible and/or ineffective policy and action to limit carbon emissions, which results in an average increase in 
temperature of between 2.6°C and 4.8°C by 2100. The lack of effective progress to reduce emissions in this scenario results in ‘business as usual’ 
in regard to carbon regulation. While market transition risks (such as risks from changed consumption patterns) occur in this 4-degree scenario, 
the material risks are associated with ‘chronic’ physical risks (e.g. creeping changes in climate which cause drought and sea level rise) and ‘acute’ 
physical risks (e.g. more severe and more frequent extreme weather events such as hurricanes, drought and flooding from intense rain events 
and storm surges). The resulting social consequences are expected to be severe, with food and water scarcity and resulting conflict impacting on 
some economies. 

Risks 
associated 
with Acute(2) 
and Chronic(3) 
physical events

Impacts on Product Demand:
IPL provides products and services to end markets, 
individual customers and suppliers that may be impacted 
by changes to weather patterns resulting from climate 
change. Changes to the number and/or intensity of 
storms, hurricanes and other extreme weather events 
may impact IPL’s end markets, primarily mining and 
agriculture. 

A 4-degree climate change scenario indicates fertiliser 
demand increasing in the short term, as emerging 
markets demand more meat, before a significant 
downturn associated with the economic impacts of acute 
extreme weather events and chronic changes in climatic 
conditions impacting the ability to grow crops. IPL’s Asia-
Pacific fertiliser revenue from exports may be impacted 
in the long-term (6+ years) by a decline in offshore 
market demand with most South-east Asian countries, 
which currently are IPL’s predominant fertiliser export 
market, and small island developing states being ranked 
among the most vulnerable in the world by the Climate 
Risk Index (CRI).

IPL currently sells up to 15% of its Asia Pacific explosives 
into international markets, with most of these countries 
considered emerging or developing. Under a 4-degree 
climate change scenario, explosives demand in the Asia 
Pacific region may be impacted in the long term (6+ 
years) by reduced demand in climate vulnerable nations, 
as indicated by the (CRI). 

•  Fertiliser demand is likely to grow due to restoration of 

degraded land to meet growing population needs for food 
and increased meat and dairy consumption. 

• 

• 

IPL currently exports fertilisers from Australia and may be 
able to ship to other locations where demand is retained as 
markets are impacted by chronic changes in climate.

IPL currently sells fertilisers on the spot market to a 
geographically diverse group of customers and has no long-
term reliance on a particular customer segment. IPL also has 
the competitive advantage of having manufacturing sites 
located primarily in Australia and the US. These are wealthy 
countries which can afford to rebuild their port infrastructure 
in the event of rising sea-levels and damage from storm 
surges and other acute climate changes. For this reason, it is 
anticipated that IPL will be able to ship to other offshore 
markets which retain demand in the event that current 
export regions are impacted.

•  Under a 4-degree climate scenario, the physical impacts of 
climate change mean that the Quarry & Construction sector 
is likely to assume a portion of the demand that was 
previously taken by climate vulnerable nations in the Asia 
Pacific region. Many new mines are expected to be 
developed to supply “new world commodities” for batteries, 
renewables and mobility options, however, “new world 
commodities” are not expected to require the same 
quantity of explosives as bulk commodities. Therefore, 
overall explosive volumes would be expected to decrease.

(1) While the ways in which markets could be affected by climate change are varied and complex, one of the major ways is through shifts in supply and demand 

for certain commodities, products, and services as climate-related risks and opportunities are increasingly taken into account. (Financial Stability Board, 
Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures, 2017, p6)

(2) Acute physical risks refer to those that are event-driven, including increased severity of extreme weather events, such as cyclones, hurricanes, or floods. 

(Financial Stability Board, Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures, 2017, p 6)

(3) Chronic physical risks refer to longer-term shifts in climate patterns (e.g., sustained higher temperatures) that may cause sea level rise or chronic heat waves. 

(Financial Stability Board, Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures, 2017, p 6)

20

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Risks 
associated 
with Acute 
and Chronic 
physical events 
(continued)

Impacts on Operations:
Some of IPL’s manufacturing plants are located in areas 
that are susceptible to extreme weather events, such as 
hurricanes, tropical storms and tornadoes. An increase in 
the severity and/or frequency of these extreme weather 
events as a result of climate change may cause more 
frequent disruption to IPL’s operations directly or as a 
result of supply chain disruption, which includes 
transportation of raw materials and finished product via 
road, rail and water. Impacts such as these may increase 
in the short term (1-3 years). Under this scenario, 
insurance premiums would be expected to increase 
along with a possibility that some events may be 
excluded from cover.

Water is a key raw material for manufacturing, with the 
majority used for cooling purposes. Under a 4-degree 
climate change scenario, it is predicted that average 
annual rainfall will be reduced and longer periods of 
prolonged drought will be created, especially in Eastern 
Australia. While this may be offset somewhat by 
increased 1 in 20-year flooding events at some locations, 
and up to 15% more rainfall than historical averages in 
each single rain event, water restrictions may become 
more frequent in some areas. In addition, the possibility 
of less frequent, higher intensity rainfall events may lead 
to the risk of storm water pond overflows. These impacts 
could occur in the short-term (1-3 years), with very low 
dam levels being recorded near some sites in the recent 
past.

Several manufacturing sites are located on coasts and 
are very close to sea level. A significant rise in sea level 
combined with a king tide may cause flooding events at 
these sites from 2030 onwards (considered a long-term 
risk) particularly with increased storm activity causing 
storm surges to become more intense.

• 

IPL’s own manufacturing facilities are considered resilient to 
the anticipated acute physical impacts of climate change, 
with measures currently in place to manage exposure 
where sites are located in tornado or hurricane zones. 

•  Due to its location in a hurricane zone, the Waggaman 

Louisiana plant was built to comply with wind codes set out 
by the International Building Code Design Standard IBC 20 
and Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other 
Structures ASCE 7-05. The design was signed off by a 
Louisiana based certified Professional Engineer with 
experience in design standards for the region, where the 
impacts of future hurricanes must be considered.

•  Safety and evacuation plans are in place for all personnel 

and sites.

•  The Group endeavours to include force majeure clauses in 

agreements where relevant. 

• 

Insurance policies are in place across the Group. 

•  The location of the Moranbah facility close to high quality 
metallurgical coal producers would provide IPL with a 
strategic advantage over its competitors in the event of 
supply chain disruption due to extreme weather events.

•  Domestic co-location of critical products and diversification 
away from single source suppliers, already being managed, 
will assist in managing supply chain interruption.

•  Water scarcity concerns could prompt the need for 

additional storage. The cost of creating additional storage 
(dams) in these locations is considered immaterial. Water 
restrictions as a result of longer periods of drought and 
therefore increased regulation, may also prompt IPL to seek 
alternative water sources. At present, no operations have 
been identified where sourcing of new water is considered 
to be too costly or unavailable.

•  Ongoing and long-term water management strategies are 
in place to ensure overflows of storm water ponds due to 
higher intensity rainfall events are avoided. 

•  The construction of sea-level management infrastructure 
(levies, etc.) will be considered in the long-term where 
required for the identified manufacturing sites to manage 
the risk of flooding due to storm surges and sea level rise.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

21

Directors’ Report

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Compliance, regulatory and legal risk

Compliance, 
regulatory  
and legal risk

Changes in federal or state government legislation, 
regulations or policies in any of the countries in which 
IPL operates or in which it has dealings may adversely 
impact its business, financial condition and operations, 
or the business, financial condition and operations of 
IPL’s customers and suppliers. This includes changes in 
domestic or international laws relating to sanctions, 
import and export quotas, tariffs and geopolitical risks 
relating to countries with which IPL, or its customers 
and suppliers, engages to buy or sell products and 
materials. In addition, changes in tax legislation or 
compliance requirements in the jurisdictions in which 
IPL, or its customers and suppliers, operates, or 
changes in the policy or practices of the relevant tax 
authorities in such jurisdictions, may result in 
additional compliance costs and/or increased risk of 
regulatory action, including potential impact on 
licenses to operate. 

IPL’s business, and that of its customers and suppliers, 
is subject to environmental laws and regulations that 
require specific operating licences and impose various 
requirements and standards. Changes in these laws 
and regulations, failure to abide by the laws and/or 
licensing conditions, or changes to licence conditions, 
may have a detrimental effect on IPL’s operations and 
financial performance, including the need to undertake 
environmental remediation, financial penalties or 
ceasing to operate. 

IPL is exposed to potential legal and other claims or 
disputes in the course of its business, including 
contractual and other commercial disputes, and 
property damage and personal injury claims in 
connection with its operations.

Loss or 
exposure of 
sensitive data 
and cyber 
security

Sensitive data, relating to IPL, its employees, 
associates, customers or suppliers, may be lost or 
exposed, resulting in a negative impact on the Group’s 
reputation.

IPL may be the target of cyber-attacks which could 
result in commercial, financial and/or reputational 
impacts, including loss of data, financial losses, 
business or customer service interruption, an impact to 
IPL’s products or a loss of production.

•  Management, through the Managing Director & CEO and 
the Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for the overall 
design, implementation, management and coordination of 
the Group’s risk management and internal control system. 

•  Each business unit has responsibility for identification and 
management of risks specific to the business. This is 
managed through an annual risk workshop, risk register 
and internal audits aligned to the material business risks. 

•  Corporate functions are in place to provide sufficient 
support and guidance to ensure regulatory risks are 
identified and addressed within the business well in 
advance. 

•  Country regulatory risk is regularly reviewed through the 

Group’s risk management framework. 

•  Where possible, IPL appoints local business leaders and 

management teams who bring a strong understanding of 
the local operating environment and strong customer 
relationships. 

•  A comprehensive HSE management system is in place with 
clear principles and policies communicated to employees. 

•  HSE risk management strategies are employed at all times 

and across all sites. Incidents are reported and 
investigated, and learnings are shared throughout the 
Group. 

•  The Group has strict processes regarding the stewardship, 
movement and safe handling of dangerous goods and 
other chemicals. 

• 

IPL engages with governments and other key stakeholders 
to ensure potential adverse impacts of proposed fiscal, tax, 
infrastructure access and regulatory changes are 
understood and, where possible, mitigated.

•  Policies, procedures and practices are in place regarding 

the use of company information, personal storage devices 
and IT security. 

•  A data breach response plan has been established to 

respond to, and mitigate the effects of, any instances of 
sensitive data breaches should they occur. 

•  External testing is performed to assess the security of the 

Group’s IT systems.

•  Security Operations Centre, threat intelligence, advanced 
threat analytics and system / network controls are used 
for detection and prevention of cyber threats. 

•  Disaster Recovery and IT Business Continuity Planning 

arrangements are in place to help IPL recover quickly and 
effectively should a cyber incident occur. 

22

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

Introduction from the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholders,

On behalf of the Remuneration Committee and the Board, I am pleased to present the Remuneration Report for 2018 which sets 
out the remuneration information for the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, Executive Key Management Personnel and 
the Non-Executive Directors.
Performance alignment
The 2018 financial year has delivered a solid set of results for IPL. These results are reflected in the outcomes for Executives under 
the Company’s remuneration programme.
Fixed remuneration
After two years of no fixed increases for Executives, market-aligned median increases of 2% were awarded across the Executive 
team for the 2018 financial year.

More information on fixed remuneration changes for the 2018 financial year is provided in section 4.2 of this report.
Short-term incentive
It has been an important underpinning of the executive STI programme that no payments are made for the heavily weighted 
financial component if a designated Group financial STI Gate is not achieved. In addition, the Board retains a discretion to forfeit all 
or part of the STI award payable for the Zero Harm performance condition in the event of a fatality or major incident.

The 2018 average STI outcome of 81 per cent of stretch target compares to 78 per cent of stretch target last year, and 16 per cent 
of stretch target in 2016, with the variability in outcomes each year demonstrating the strong alignment between actual financial 
performance and executive remuneration.

Individual STI outcomes in 2018 incorporate the delivery of key strategic projects which are essential to the long-term business 
success of the Company. Each individual’s performance on all measures in 2018 has been assessed as between 58 per cent and 94 
per cent of stretch target – a range which demonstrates the challenging nature of the objectives set given the overall level of 
performance and help to differentiate degrees of performance.

More information on the Company’s 2018 performance and resulting STI outcomes is provided in section 4.3 of this report.
Long-term incentive
In relation to the LTI plan, the performance period for which ended on 30 September 2018, the performance conditions were 
relative total shareholder returns (weighted at 70%) and the delivery of strategic initiatives (weighted at 30%) based around 
Business Excellence and the Louisiana Ammonia Project. As the Company delivered relative total shareholder return below the 
median of the S&P/ASX 100 for the performance period, no benefit will trigger to participants for this component. However,  
there will be partial vesting of 15% of performance rights emanating from achievements against the strategic initiatives 
component of the plan. 

More information on the LTI programme, including the 2015 – 2018 performance, is provided in section 4.4 of this report.

Review of Remuneration for the 2019 financial year
In order to remain competitive for talent, the Remuneration Committee conducts a comprehensive review of market remuneration 
for executive roles when deemed appropriate. 2018 saw such a review conducted.

The review considered market trends and the emerging practice of peers in the context of the existing approach to remuneration 
and the strategy of Incitec Pivot. The Committee strongly believes that the current remuneration framework is robust, however 
adjustments are sometimes necessary to ensure it remains fit for purpose and focuses the Executives’ efforts on the long term 
strength of the Company. Accordingly, in relation to the Executives’ remuneration arrangements, the Board has determined to 
make minor adjustments to the fixed remuneration, to update LTI performance measures in line with Company strategy, and 
introduce a significant change to STI through the introduction of a financial performance measure of earnings adjusted for foreign 
exchange and some commodity price movements in addition to Group NPAT. Further, mandatory sacrifice of STI will be introduced 
in order to satisfy a newly created Minimum Shareholding Requirement.

A separate minimum shareholding requirement will also be applicable to Non-Executive Directors.

As was the case for the 2018 financial year, the Board has determined that there will be no increase to Non-Executive Director fees 
in 2019, noting that fees were last increased in October 2014. More information on the changes that will come into effect in the 
2019 financial year is provided in section 5 of this report.

The Board invites you to consider the 2018 Remuneration Report. We welcome feedback on the Company’s remuneration approach 
in supporting IPL’s business strategy. 

Kathryn Fagg
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

23

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

Contents

Section

1.  Introduction

2.  Executive Remuneration & Governance

2.1  Executive Remuneration Overview

2.2  Executive Remuneration Strategy

2.3  Executive Remuneration Governance

3.  2018 Executive Remuneration Framework

3.1  Overview

3.2  Fixed annual remuneration

3.3  Short term incentive

3.4  Long term incentive

3.5  LTI performance conditions

3.6  Executives Service Agreement Terms

4.   Remuneration outcomes in 2018 financial year and link to  

2018 financial year performance

4.1  Analysis of relationship between the Company’s performance, shareholder wealth and remuneration

4.2  2018 Fixed annual remuneration outcomes

4.3  2018 STI Outcomes

4.4  2015/18 LTI Outcomes

4.5  LTI: Performance related remuneration

4.6  Further details of Executive remuneration

5.  Overview of Remuneration changes for the 2019 financial year

6.  Non-Executive Director Remuneration

7.   Shareholdings in IPL

8.   Other KMP Disclosures

24

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Page

25

26

26

27

27

27

27

27

28

30

31

33

34

34

35

35

36

37

39

41

42

43

43

1. 

Introduction

The directors of Incitec Pivot Limited (IPL) present the Remuneration Report prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 
(Cth) for the Company for the year ended 30 September 2018. This Remuneration Report is audited.

This Remuneration Report sets out remuneration information for Key Management Personnel (KMP) who had authority and 
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company during the 2018 financial year, being each of the 
Non-Executive Directors and designated Executives. The use of the term “Executives” in this report is a reference to the Managing 
Director & Chief Executive Officer (MD&CEO) and certain direct reports during the 2018 financial year. Refer to Table 1 below for all 
individuals comprising IPL’s KMP for the 2018 financial year.

Table 1: Individuals forming IPL’s KMP for the reporting period

Non-executive Directors

Current
Mr Paul Brasher
Mr Joseph Breunig
Ms Kathryn Fagg
Mr Brian Kruger
Ms Rebecca McGrath
Mr Graham Smorgon AM
Former
Mr Greg Hayes(1)

Executives

Current
Ms Jeanne Johns(2)
Mr Frank Micallef
Mr Alan Grace(3)
Mr Greg Hayne(4) 
Mr Nicholas Stratford
Ms Elizabeth Hunter(5)
Former
Mr James Fazzino(6)
Mr Simon Atkinson(7)
Ms Leah Balter(5),(8)

Chairman and Independent, Non-Executive Director
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Independent, Non-Executive Director

Independent, Non-Executive Director

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
President, Global Manufacturing
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific
President, Dyno Nobel Americas
Chief Human Resources Officer & Shared Services

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific & Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
President, Strategy & Business Development

(1)   On 21 December 2017, Mr Hayes retired from the Board as a Non-Executive Director.
(2)   Ms Johns commenced as MD&CEO on 15 November 2017 and became a KMP.
(3)   Mr Grace has resigned and ceased being President, Global Manufacturing on 31 October 2018. Mr Wall has been appointed to succeed Mr Grace in the role of 

President, Global Manufacturing commencing from 1 November 2018.

(4)   Mr Hayne commenced as President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific on 30 January 2018 and became a KMP.
(5)   On 29 January 2018, the Company announced to the ASX changes to its organisational structure with effect from 30 January 2018. Following from these changes, 

the following roles were determined to be KMP for the purposes of this Remuneration Report: MD&CEO, Chief Financial Officer, President, Global Manufacturing and 
President of business divisions (permanent appointees) with the remaining direct reports to the MD&CEO being excluded as KMP with effect from 30 January 2018. 

(6)   Mr Fazzino ceased as MD&CEO on 14 November 2017.
(7)   Mr Atkinson ceased as President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific & Incitec Pivot Fertilisers on 29 January 2018.
(8)   Ms Balter resigned and ceased employment with the Company on 30 September 2018.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

25

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

2.  Executive Remuneration & Governance

2.1  Executive Remuneration Overview

In alignment with its remuneration strategy, the Board’s policy on Executive remuneration is that it comprises both a fixed 
remuneration component (FAR) and an “at risk” or performance-related component (short term incentive (STI) and long term 
incentive (LTI)) where: 

(i)  the majority of Executive remuneration is “at risk”; and

(ii)  the level of FAR for Executives is benchmarked against that paid for similar positions at the median of companies in a 

comparator group with a range of market capitalisations (50% – 200% of that of the Company). 

A summary of the Company’s approach to Executive remuneration for the 2018 financial year, including performance conditions 
and their link to the overall remuneration strategy is set out below:

Performance Conditions

Remuneration Strategy/Performance Link

Fixed Annual 
Remuneration 
Salary and 
other benefits 
(including statutory 
superannuation).
Refer section 3.2 for 
more details

Short Term Incentive 
Programme
Annual incentive 
opportunity delivered 
50 per cent in cash 
and 50 per cent in 
deferred equity (or 
cash equivalent) for 
the MD&CEO, and 100% 
in cash for all other 
Executives.
Refer section 3.3 for 
more details

Long Term Incentive 
Programme
Three-year incentive 
opportunity delivered 
through performance 
rights.
Refer section 3.4 and 
3.5 for more details

Considerations
•  Scope of individual’s role
•  Individual’s level of knowledge, skills and expertise
•  Company and individual performance
•  Market benchmarking

Zero Harm
The award payable for the Zero Harm performance 
condition may be forfeited in the event of a fatality 
or major incident having regard to its circumstances.

Safety measures 
(generally a maximum of 10 per cent of STI award) 
•  Safety performance balanced scorecard across 
the dimensions of behavioural safety and  
process safety management comprising input 
and output measures

Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) ‘gateway’
Minimum NPAT threshold performance level that 
must be achieved before any financial component 
of the STI is payable. 
•  Ensure a minimum acceptable level of financial 
performance before Executives receive any of  
the financial component of the STI

•  Requires Executives to exceed a Group NPAT 

threshold determined by the Board by reference 
to the prior year’s NPAT performance

Financial measures 
(generally a maximum of 90 per cent of STI award, 
incorporating metrics relevant to an Executive’s 
area of influence)
•  Earnings per share
•  Business Unit earnings before interest and tax

Strategic objectives 
(for most of the Executives, a maximum of 10 per 
cent of STI award) aligned to personal strategic 
objectives.

Performance conditions 
Distinct categories of performance that are weighted 
to align with the Group’s focus over the three-year 
period that each tranche of the plan spans. 
•  Relative total shareholder returns
•  Strategic initiatives
•  Return on equity growth (for the LTI 16/19 & 17/20 

tranches)

Set to attract, retain and motivate the right talent 
to deliver on IPL’s strategy and contribute to the 
Company’s financial and operational performance.
For the company’s Executives, the aim is to set 
fixed remuneration at market relevant levels and 
link any future increases to individual performance 
and effectiveness whilst continuing to have regard 
to market relevance.

To align with the Company’s commitment to  
“Zero Harm for Everyone, Everywhere”.

In assessing the safety balanced scorecard, the 
Board may, in its discretion, have regard to the 
results achieved against the measures comprising 
the scorecard without applying a specific 
weighting to any particular measure.

To align with the Company’s strategic intent of 
achieving top quartile performance as measured 
against S&P/ASX 100 companies.

To ensure robust alignment of performance in 
a particular Business Unit with reward for the 
Executive managing that business unit.
Performance conditions are designed to support 
the financial direction of the Company (the 
achievement of which is intended to translate 
through to shareholder return) and are clearly 
defined and measurable.

Key strategic and growth objectives targeted at 
delivering ongoing benefit to the Company.

Performance conditions designed to encourage 
Executives to focus on the key performance 
drivers which underpin sustainable growth in 
shareholder value. The mix of performance 
conditions is designed to ensure the quality of the 
share price growth is supported by the Company’s 
ROE growth performance as well as strategic 
initiatives, and not market factors alone.

Total Remuneration   
The combination of these elements is designed to attract, retain and motivate appropriately qualified and experienced individuals, encourage 
a strong focus on performance, support the delivery of outstanding returns to shareholders and align Executive and stakeholder interests 
through share ownership.

26

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

2.2  Executive Remuneration Strategy

IPL’s purpose is to make people’s lives better by unlocking the world’s natural resources through innovation on the ground. IPL’s 
value drivers underpin the Company’s business and form the platform for the Company’s future earnings growth and shareholder 
returns. One of IPL’s value drivers is talented and engaged people. IPL recognises that to generate competitive returns for its 
shareholders, it requires talented people who are capable, committed and motivated. IPL’s remuneration strategy is designed to 
support the objectives of the business and to enable the Company to attract, retain and reward Executives of the necessary skill 
and calibre.

The key principles of the Company’s remuneration strategy are to:

•  reward strategic outcomes at both the Group and business unit level that create top quartile long term shareholder value;
•  encourage integrity and disciplined risk management in business practice;
•  drive strong alignment with shareholder interests through delivering part of the reward in the form of equity;
•  structure the majority of executive remuneration to be “at risk” and linked to demanding financial and non-financial 

performance objectives;

•  attract and retain the best available talent;
•  reward Executives for high performance within their role and responsibilities, and ensure rewards are competitive within the 

industry and market for their role in respect of pay level and structure; and

•  ensure the remuneration framework is simple, transparent and easily implemented.

2.3  Executive Remuneration Governance

The remuneration of the Executives is set by the Board, having regard to recommendations from the Remuneration Committee.

Where appropriate, the Remuneration Committee of the Board engages external advisors to provide input to the process of 
reviewing Executive and Non-Executive Director remuneration. For the 2018 financial year, the Remuneration Committee received 
market and benchmarking data from KPMG and HR Ascent. In addition, Korn Ferry Hay Group provided job grading analysis of 
Executive roles to the Remuneration Committee. The information provided for the 2018 financial year did not constitute a 
remuneration recommendation for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). 

Further information in relation to the Board and the Remuneration Committee can be found in IPL’s Corporate Governance 
Statement available on IPL’s website.

3.  2018 Executive Remuneration Framework
3.1   Overview
The charts below set out the relative proportion of the Executives’ total remuneration package for the 2018 financial year:

MD & CEO

STI – cash
19%

Fixed
25%

FAR
Fixed
25%
25%

FAR
25%

STI – cash
19%
STI –
deferred
equity
19%

STI –
deferred
equity
19%

At Risk
75%

Other Executives

STI – cash
   36%

STI – cash
   36%

At Risk
75%

Fixed
36%

FAR
Fixed
36%
36%

FAR
36%

At Risk
64%

At Risk
64%

LTI
37%

LTI
37%

LTI
28%

LTI
28%

In calculating the “at risk” compensation as a proportion of total remuneration for the 2018 financial year for each Executive, the 
maximum entitlement that could potentially be awarded under the STI and LTI was taken into account.

3.2   Fixed annual remuneration
Executives receive their fixed remuneration in a variety of forms, including cash, superannuation, and any applicable fringe 
benefits. The Executives’ FAR is set by reference to appropriate benchmark information for each Executive’s role, level of 
knowledge, skill, responsibilities and experience. The level of remuneration is reviewed annually in alignment with the financial 
year and with reference to, among other things, Company and individual performance and market data provided by an 
appropriately qualified and independent external data specialist.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

27

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

3.3   Short term incentive
The STI is an annual “at risk” incentive which is dependent on the achievement of particular performance measures. 

The following table summarises the STI plan that applied in the 2018 financial year (2018 STI):

What was the  
performance 
period?

The performance period for the 2018 STI was the financial year from 1 October 2017 to 
30 September 2018.

Who was eligible 
for the STI?

Participation was at the Board’s discretion. The MD&CEO and all other Executives participated in the 
2018 STI.

What was the  
target and  
maximum STI  
opportunity?

What were the 
Performance 
Conditions and 
Measures?

Target STI opportunity was 100% of FAR for the MD&CEO, and 50% of FAR for all other Executives. 
Maximum STI opportunity (for stretch outcomes) was 150% for the MD&CEO, and 100% of FAR for all  
other Executives.

Performance conditions under the STI are determined by the Board for each financial year. The 
performance conditions for the 2018 STI are set out below: 

Performance 
Conditions

Measures to assess satisfaction  
of Performance Condition

Rationale for the  
Performance Conditions

Group Financial 
Performance 

Earnings per share (EPS).

Business Unit 
Financial 
Performance

Zero Harm

Business Unit earnings before interest and 
tax (EBIT). 

Safety performance balanced scorecard 
across the dimensions of behavioural safety 
and process safety management comprising 
input and output measures.(1)

Strategic 
Outcomes

Measures based on performance criteria for 
the execution and implementation of strategic 
objectives and business priorities. These 
include measures related to manufacturing 
turnaround performance, product innovation, 
customers and organic growth.

To align with the Company’s strategic intent of 
achieving top quartile performance as measured 
against S&P/ASX 100 companies.

To ensure robust alignment of performance in a 
particular business unit with reward for the 
Executive managing that business unit. 

To align with the Company’s commitment to “Zero 
Harm for Everyone, Everywhere”. In 2017, the 
Company adopted its second five-year Global HSE 
Strategy to continue to drive improvement in the 
Group’s health, safety and environmental 
performance. 

Tailored to individual Executive’s role, to drive 
performance and behaviours consistent with 
achieving critical aspects of the Group’s strategy.

(1)  In assessing the safety balanced scorecard, the Board may, in its discretion, have regard to the results achieved against the measures 

comprising the scorecard without applying a specific weighting to any particular measure.

Where any Individually Material Item (IMI) is separately recognised in the financial report, the Board will 
have discretion to include or exclude the IMI for the purpose of determining any STI award, taking into 
account the nature of the IMI and having regard to whether, in the circumstances, it would be appropriate for 
the IMI to be attributable to the Executives.

Satisfaction of the above measures was based on a review by the Board of the audited financial report and 
performance of the Group for the financial year, following the annual performance review process for the 
Executives.

Are there 
minimum 
performance 
levels which 
must be 
achieved  
before awards 
can be made 
under the STI?

To ensure STI awards are aligned with business performance outcomes, the Board has determined that 
a minimum level of financial performance, known as the “STI Financial Gate”, must be met before any 
awards can be made. If financial performance does not meet the STI Financial Gate, no awards are made 
under the STI, save that the STI Financial Gate does not apply to any awards payable in relation to the Zero 
Harm performance condition, reflecting the primacy of safety. 

For the 2018 financial year, the STI Financial Gate reflected a requirement to exceed a Group NPAT 
threshold which was determined by the Board by reference to the prior year’s NPAT performance. In 
relation to the Zero Harm performance condition, the Board retains a discretion to forfeit all or part of the 
award payable for this performance condition in the event of a fatality or major incident having regard to 
the circumstances of the incident. 

28

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

What were the 
weightings for  
the STI 
performance 
measures?

The weighting of Executives’ STI performance measures (as a percentage of 100%) for 2018 were:

Table 2 

Executives – Current

J Johns*
Managing Director & CEO

F Micallef*
Chief Financial Officer

A Grace**
President, Global Manufacturing

G Hayne**
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific

N Stratford**
President, Dyno Nobel Americas

E Hunter*
Chief Human Resources Officer & Shared Services

Executives – Former

J Fazzino*(1)
Managing Director & CEO

S Atkinson**(1)
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
& Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

L Balter*
President, Strategy & Business Development

*Group role **Business Unit role

Financial

EPS

Business Unit  
EBIT

Non-financial/ 
Business/Strategic
Strategic 
Safety
Outcomes

As a percentage  
of Maximum  
opportunity

80%

90%

10%

10%

10%

20%

60%

10%

10%

20%

60%

10%

10%

20%

60%

10%

10%

80%

90%

10%

10%

10%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

20%

60%

10%

10%

100%

50%

10%

40%

100%

(1)  Mr Fazzino and Mr Atkinson ceased as a KMP on 14 November 2017 and 29 January 2018 respectively and were not participants in the 

2018 STI.

The 2018 STI included a clawback provision, which requires the repayment of all or part of any STI awarded 
within three years after a payment is made, in the event of a material misstatement which results in a 
restatement of the audited financial report.

Was there a 
mechanism for 
clawback and 
deferral?

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

29

 
Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

3.4   Long term incentive

The LTI is the long term incentive component of remuneration for Executives. The LTI is provided in the form of performance rights.  

What LTI plans 
were applicable 
for the 2018 
financial year?

The LTI Plans applicable to the 2018 financial year were the:

•  Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2015/18 (LTI 2015/18); 
•  Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2016/19 (LTI 2016/19); and
•  Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2017/20 (LTI 2017/20),
(together, the LTI Plans).

Under the LTI Plans, participants are entitled to acquire ordinary shares in the Company, on a one right to 
one share basis, for no consideration at a later date. The performance rights are issued by Incitec Pivot 
Limited and the entitlement of the participants to acquire ordinary shares is subject to the satisfaction of 
certain conditions. As no shares are provided to participants until exercise, performance rights have no 
dividend entitlement. Performance rights expire on vesting or lapsing of the rights.

What is the 
purpose of the 
LTIs?

The LTI is designed to link reward with the key performance drivers which underpin sustainable growth 
in shareholder value. As rights under the LTI Plans result in share ownership on the achievement of 
demanding targets, the LTI ties remuneration to Company performance, as experienced by shareholders. 
The arrangements also support the Company’s strategy for retention and motivation of the Executives.

What is the 
process for 
determining 
eligibility?

The decision to grant performance rights under the LTI Plans and to whom they will be granted is made 
annually by the Board, noting that the grant of performance rights to the Managing Director is subject 
to shareholder approval. Grants of performance rights to participants are based on a percentage of the 
relevant Executive’s FAR. 

What is the 
maximum LTI 
opportunity under 
the LTI Plans?

How was the 
number of 
performance 
rights calculated 
under the LTI 
Plans?

What are the 
performance 
conditions, 
performance 
period and  
status of the  
LTI Plans?

The maximum LTI opportunities under each LTI Plan are:
•  for the MD&CEO, 150% of FAR; and
•  for all other Executives, 80% of FAR.

For the LTI 2015/18, LTI 2016/19 and LTI 2017/20, the number of performance rights issued to a 
participant was based on the market value of the Company’s shares and was determined by dividing the 
dollar value of the relevant participant’s LTI opportunity by the Company’s volume weighted average share 
price over the 20 business days up to but not including the first day of the relevant performance period.

LTI Plan

Performance  
Conditions

Weighting of  
Performance  
Condition

Performance  
Period

Status

LTI 2015/18

•  TSR Condition 
•  Strategic Initiatives 

70%
30%

1 October 2015 to  
30 September 2018

Condition

Performance period completed. 
Following testing in November, 
the Board determined that 15% 
of the performance rights in total 
will vest in the 2019 financial 
year. Refer to section 4.4 for 
further details.

LTI 2016/19

LTI 2017/20

•  TSR Condition 
•  Strategic Initiatives 

Condition 

•  ROE Growth Condition

•  TSR Condition 
•  Strategic Initiatives 

Condition 

40%
30%

30%

50%
15%

•  ROE Growth Condition

35%

1 October 2016 to  
30 September 2019

Testing to occur after 
completion of performance 
period.

1 October 2017 to  
30 September 2020

Testing to occur after 
completion of performance 
period.

The performance conditions are determined by the Board annually. Refer to section 3.5 for a discussion of 
the performance conditions.

30

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

 
When are the 
performance 
conditions 
measured?

After the expiry of the relevant performance period, the Board determines whether the performance 
conditions of the relevant LTI Plans are satisfied. The performance conditions are tested once, at the end of the 
relevant performance period. If the performance conditions are satisfied and the rights vest, the participant is 
entitled to receive ordinary shares in the Company. The participant does not pay for those shares.

To the extent the performance conditions are not satisfied during the performance period, the performance 
rights will lapse.

What happens 
if a participant 
leaves the 
Company?

Generally, the performance rights granted under the LTI Plans will lapse on a cessation of employment 
except where the participant has died, becomes totally and permanently disabled, is retrenched, retires or, 
for the LTI 2017/20, is terminated without cause. In those circumstances, the performance rights will be 
reduced pro rata to the proportion of days worked during the relevant performance period.

The Board may provide a notice to the participants specifying that the performance rights will vest at a 
time stipulated in the notice on the occurrence of one of the following events in relation to the Company: 

•  a takeover bid;
•  a change of control; 
•  the Court ordering a meeting be held in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company 

or its amalgamation with any other companies; or

•  a voluntary or compulsory winding-up.

In what other 
circumstances 
may the 
performance 
rights vest 
(which may be 
before or after 
the expiry of 
the performance 
period) under 
the LTI Plans?

3.5   LTI performance conditions

For the LTI 2015/18 the performance conditions are measured by reference to relative Total Shareholder Returns (TSR) of IPL, 
measuring TSR against companies in the S&P/ASX 100 (TSR Condition) and the Company’s Strategic Initiatives (Strategic 
Initiatives Condition). For the LTI 2016/19 and LTI 2017/20, the performance conditions are measured by reference to the TSR 
Condition, a Strategic Initiatives Condition and growth in Return on Equity (ROE Growth Condition). Details of the performance 
conditions for each of the LTI 2015/18, LTI 2016/19 and LTI 2017/20 are set out below. 

TSR Condition

The TSR Condition (applicable to each of the LTI 2015/18, LTI 2016/19 and LTI 2017/20) requires growth in the Company’s TSR to 
be at or above the median of the companies in the comparator group, being the S&P/ASX 100. This condition provides shareholder 
alignment as it takes into account the Company’s share price movement as well as dividends paid, relative to other organisations 
comparable to the Company. The S&P/ASX 100 has been chosen as the comparator group because, having regard to the business 
segments in which the Company operates and, specifically, the absence of a sufficient number of direct comparator companies, the 
Board considers the S&P/ASX 100 to represent the most appropriate, and objective, comparator group. It also represents the group 
of companies against which the Company competes for shareholder capital.

The table below sets out the TSR Condition, and the percentage of the performance rights that will vest based on satisfaction of 
this condition.

Relative TSR ranking of IPL

Less than 50th percentile

% of performance rights subject to the TSR Condition that will vest

Nil

At or greater than 50th percentile but less than 75th percentile

Pro rata from 50% on a straight-line basis

At 75th percentile or greater

100%

Strategic Initiatives Condition

The Strategic Initiatives Condition relates to the delivery of significant aspects of the Board approved strategy. The Strategic 
Initiatives Condition applies to the LTI 2015/18, the LTI 2016/19 and the LTI 2017/20. For the LTI 2015/18, the Strategic Initiatives 
Condition comprises two equal components: (i) the Louisiana Ammonia Project; and (ii) the Business Excellence System. For the LTI 
2016/19 and LTI 2017/20, the Strategic Initiatives Condition relates solely to the Business Excellence System.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

31

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

The table below summarises the Strategic Initiatives Condition components for the LTI 2015/18, the LTI 2016/19 and the LTI 2017/20:

Rationale

Scorecard

Measurement criteria

Performance goals

Strategic  
Initiatives Condition 
component

Louisiana Ammonia 
Project 

(Applies to  
15% of the 
performance rights 
in a grant for the 
LTI 2015/18)

The Louisiana ammonia 
project at Waggaman, 
Louisiana, construction of 
which completed on 19 
October 2016, underpins the 
future growth of the Dyno 
Nobel Americas business 
and will create long term 
shareholder value.

Business Excellence  
(BEx) System 

(Applies to 15% of 
the performance 
rights in grants for 
the LTI 2015/18 
and LTI 2017/20 
and 30% of the 
performance rights 
in the grant for the 
LTI 2016/19)

BEx is the Company’s 
business and continuous 
improvement system, 
through which the Company 
seeks to enhance 
productivity on a sustainable 
basis utilising “lean” 
business methods. The LTI 
performance goals in 
relation to BEx are focussed 
on incentivising the delivery 
of sustainable productivity 
improvements, rather than 
one-off benefits.

Performance in relation to this 
component of the Strategic 
Initiatives Condition was 
measured against a scorecard 
comprising performance goals 
based on the Project business 
case, as approved by the Board in 
April 2013, related to the 
following key performance 
indicators:
•  safety, 
•  production volumes,
•  plant efficiency, 
•  output and EBITDA. 

Performance in relation to this 
component of the Strategic 
Initiatives Condition will be 
assessed against a Scorecard 
comprising performance goals 
related to:
•  Business system maturity 

(practices)

•  Cumulative productivity 
benefits (performance)
•  Manufacturing volume 

(performance)

Safety: Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate  
(TRIFR) for the Louisiana Ammonia Project for the 
performance period to be less than or equal to the IPL 
Company TRIFR over the same period.

Plant efficiency: As per Project business case (32GJ of 
gas per metric tonne of ammonia).

Output: Measure consistent with the project business 
case for Year 2.

EBITDA: Financial performance measure consistent 
with the project business case for Year 2.

Business system maturity:  
An absolute improvement in Business Excellence 
system maturity over the performance period, or 
satisfaction of an exit score requirement at the end of 
the performance period.

Cumulative productivity benefits: Delivery of 
cumulative savings over the performance period 
against targets approved by the Board. 

Manufacturing plant uptime and volume: 
•  For LTI 2015/18 and LTI 2016/19 – Plant uptime 
measured across specified manufacturing plants, 
with target performance at the end of the 
performance period to be at 75th percentile 
(which reflects world class performance for 
ammonia and ammonium phosphate plants 
globally) adjusted for plant age.

•  For LTI 2017/20 – Achievement of target volumes 
of particular products at particular manufacturing 
plants operated by the Group as approved by  
the Board.

Details of the Scorecards and specific performance goals for each component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition were notified to 
Executives on commencement of each applicable LTI plan. These performance goals involve commercial-in-confidence quantitative 
targets and, as such, details of the performance goals are disclosed only at the end of the performance period. For the LTI 
2015/18, these details are set out in section 4.4. For the LTI 2016/19 and the LTI 2017/20, the relevant details will be set out in 
the 2019 Remuneration Report and the 2020 Remuneration Report respectively.

The Board will determine the outcome for the relevant component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition under each LTI plan having 
regard to the results achieved against the performance goals across the entirety of the Scorecard for that component. If the Board 
determines that all of the performance goals in respect of a component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition have been achieved, 
all of the performance rights subject to that component will vest. 

If not all performance goals in respect of a component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition are met over the performance period, 
the extent to which that component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition has been satisfied (if at all) will be determined by the 
Board. In doing so, the Board will have regard to the results achieved against the performance goals across all of the components 
of the relevant Scorecard, without applying a specific weighting to any particular performance goal.

32

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

ROE Growth Condition

The ROE Growth Condition was introduced for the first time in 2016 and applies to the LTI 2016/19 and LTI 2017/20. The ROE 
Growth Condition measures the compound annual growth in ROE over the performance period. ROE was chosen as it is a widely 
recognised and reported metric, is a key determinant of efficient use of the capital entrusted to management by shareholders, 
reflects all of the levers to create shareholder value and is a transparent metric which can be calculated directly from the 
Company’s financial report. 

The table below sets out the ROE Growth Condition, and the percentage of performance rights that will vest based on satisfaction 
of this condition:

ROE Compound Annual Growth Rate

% of performance rights subject to the ROE Growth Condition that will vest

Less than 7%

Nil

At or above 7% but less than 11%

Pro rata from 50% on a straight-line basis

11% or greater

100%

3.6.    Executives Service Agreement Terms
Remuneration and other terms of employment for the Executives are formalised in service agreements. Most Executives are 
engaged on similar contractual terms, with minor variations to address differing circumstances. Each agreement is unlimited in 
term; however, each agreement provides that the Company may terminate an Executive’s employment immediately for cause 
without any separation payment, save for accrued amounts such as leave, or otherwise without cause, with or without notice, in 
which case the Company must pay a separation payment plus accrued amounts such as leave.

The notice period to be provided by the Executives is set out in the table below:

Notice period to be provided by the Executive

Current Executives

J Johns
F Micallef
A Grace
G Hayne
N Stratford
E Hunter

Former Executives

J Fazzino
S Atkinson
L Balter

52 weeks
13 weeks
8 weeks
26 weeks
13 weeks
13 weeks

26 weeks
13 weeks
13 weeks

The separation payment included in each Executive’s contract is capped at an amount equivalent to a specified number of weeks 
of FAR for the Executive. Ms Johns’ and Mr Fazzino’s separation payment is equal to 52 weeks of FAR as at the date of termination 
(subject to the provisions relating to termination benefits in Part 2D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001). All other Executives’ contracts 
provide for a separation payment of 26 weeks of FAR, save for Mr Atkinson’s, Mr Stratford’s and Mr Hayne’s contracts which 
provided for a separation payment equal to 52 weeks of FAR. Additionally, Mr Micallef’s and Mr Grace’s contracts further provide 
that IPL may terminate the agreement on notice in the case of incapacity, in which case the Company must pay the separation 
payment, outstanding fixed annual remuneration plus accrued annual leave and accrued long service leave.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

33

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

4.    Remuneration outcomes in 2018 financial year and link to 2018 financial year performance

4.1  Analysis of relationship between the Company’s performance, shareholder wealth and remuneration

In considering the Company’s performance, the benefit to shareholders and appropriate remuneration for the Executives, the Board, 
through its Remuneration Committee, has regard to financial and non-financial indices, including the indices shown in the below 
table in respect of the current financial year and the preceding four financial years.

Table 3 – Indices relevant to the Board’s assessment of the Company’s performance and the benefit to shareholders 

NPAT before IMIs and excluding non-controlling interests ($m)

EPS before IMIs (cents) 

Dividends per share (DPS) paid in the financial year (cents) 

DPS declared in respect of the financial year (cents) 

Share price ($) (Financial Year End)(1) 

TSR (%)(2)

On-market share buyback ($m)

2014

356.3

2015

398.6

2016

295.2

21.7

9.3

10.8

2.71

(7)

–

23.8

11.7

11.8

3.90

43

–

17.5

11.5

8.7

2.82

14

–

2017

318.7

18.9

9.1

9.4

3.60

36

–

2018

347.4

20.9

9.4

10.7

3.98

14

(210.3)

(1)  Share Price as at the end of the 2013 financial year was 2.69.
(2)  TSR is calculated in accordance with the rules of the LTI 2011/14, LTI 2012/15, LTI 2013/16, LTI 2014/17 and LTI 2015/18 as applicable over the three-year 

performance period, having regard to the volume weighted average price of the shares over the 20 business days up to but not including the first and last day of 
the performance period.

Relationship between the Company’s performance and STI outcomes

This graph illustrates the relationship between the Company’s 
performance and STI awards in respect of the current and 
preceding four years. In 2014, EPS (before IMIs) grew 21% to 
21.7 cps resulting in partial awards being made to Executives 
under the 2014 STI. Similarly, in the 2015 financial year, EPS 
(before IMIs) increased by 9.7% to 23.8 cps and, as a result, 
certain Executives earned awards in full in respect of this 
measure. For the 2016 financial year, with EPS (before IMIs) 
declining by 26.5% to 17.5 cps, no awards were made under 
the 2016 STI, save in relation to the successful completion of 
the Louisiana Ammonia Project as well as the Company’s 
safety performance. For the 2017 financial year, EPS (before 
IMIs) increased 8% to 19.9 cps resulting in certain Executives 
earning partial STI awards in respect of this measure. For the 
2018 financial year, Group EPS (before IMIs) has increased 
10.6% to 20.9 cps resulting in Executives earning full STI 
awards in respect of this measure.

Group performance and STI outcomes

Cents

)
S
I
M

I

E
R
O
F
E
B
(

E
R
A
H
S

R
E
P

I

S
G
N
N
R
A
E

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Earnings per share (before IMIs)

Total STI awarded

Relationship between the Company’s performance and LTI outcomes

This graph illustrates the relationship between IPL’s Absolute 
TSR and its percentile ranking relative to its S&P/ASX 100 
peer group.

IPL outranked the 50th percentile TSR for the ASX 100 peer 
group for the 2012-2015 performance period with a 53rd 
percentile ranking (Absolute TSR: achieved 43%) and for the 
2014-17 performance period with a 53rd percentile ranking 
(Absolute TSR: achieved 36%). The 2015-18 performance 
period has achieved an Absolute TSR increase of 14%, 
delivering fourth quartile performance.

As a consequence, the LTI 2012/15 and LTI 2014/17 partially 
vested and the LTI 2015/18 TSR will not vest as outlined in 
section 4.4 of this report.

The performance rights in the LTI 2011/14 and LTI 2013/16 
plans did not meet the performance conditions set out in 
those plans (including a TSR condition) and lapsed, despite 
the fact that positive TSR has been achieved in 4 out of the  
5 periods reported.

34

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

IPL Absolute TSR % and ASX 100 Percentile Ranking

R
S
T

E
T
U
L
O
S
B
A
L
P

I

%

50

40

30

20

10

0

-10

-20

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

IPL Absolute TSR

IPL Percentile Ranking in ASX 100

Note:
(1)  The absolute TSR for IPL and for the ASX100 has been calculated using the 

methodology noted in footnote (2) Table 3.

$mill

D
E
D
R
A
W
A

I
T
S

L
A
T
O
T

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

%

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

-10

-20

0
0
1

X
S
A
N

I

I

G
N
K
N
A
R

E
L
I
T
N
E
C
R
E
P

L
P

I

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.2   2018 Fixed annual remuneration outcomes

The FAR of Executives (other than the MD&CEO) was reviewed and increased by 2% effective from 1 October 2017. Other than for 
new appointments, the Executives’ FAR was last increased in October 2014 with fixed remuneration frozen for financial years 2016 
and 2017. The increase was designed to maintain the competitive market positioning of Executives in the context of inflation and 
forecast market movements.

4.3   2018 STI Outcomes

Performance Condition 

Outcome

Group Financial Performance

With EPS increasing by 10.6% from 18.9 cents per share to 20.9 cents per share, Executives in Group roles were 
awarded 100% of the STI opportunity for this measure. (Refer to Table 2 for Group roles).

Business Unit Financial 
Performance

Zero Harm

Strategic Outcomes

As the EBIT performance of the Dyno Nobel Americas business exceeded stretch performance, Mr Stratford was 
awarded 100% of the STI opportunity for this measure. The EBIT performance of the Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific 
business was between the threshold and target performance measure and accordingly, Mr Hayne received a 
partial award for this measure. Mr Grace had a composite of Americas and Asia Pacific EBIT as a performance 
measure. This result was between the target and stretch performance measure and accordingly, Mr Grace was 
awarded a partial award for this measure.

The balanced scorecard which applied to all Executives, across the dimensions of process and behavioural safety 
management, was partially achieved. The TRIFR at the end of 2018 was 0.96, which whilst below the target was 
above the 2017 result. Other scorecard metrics were also partially achieved, with key gains in critical control 
verifications, environmental risk management and a 7% improvement in process safety over the previous 
corresponding period.

The strategic objectives aligned with the company’s strategy Value Drivers, particularly in relation to creating 
value for customers, manufacturing turnaround performance and product innovation. In addition, pursuing sources 
of economic gas for the short and longer term in relation to the Gibson Island plant in Brisbane. Progress was 
made during the year in relation to these objectives with outcomes achieved between threshold and stretch.

The Board approved the STI outcomes in November 2018 with the outcomes reflected in the range of 2018 STIs awarded as set out 
in the following two tables:

Table 4a – Performance against individual STI metrics for the year ended 30 September 2018

Threshold

Target

Stretch

Group Financial

Business Unit Financial

Zero Harm

Strategic Outcomes

2018 financial year 
range of performance

Table 4b – Short term incentives awarded for the year ended 30 September 2018

Details of the vesting profile of the STI payments awarded for the year ended 30 September 2018 as remuneration to each 
Executive are set out below: 

Short term incentive for the year ended 30 September 2018

Included in remuneration 
$000

% earned of  
maximum opportunity

% forfeited of  
maximum opportunity

Executives – Current
J Johns(1) 
F Micallef
A Grace
G Hayne
N Stratford
E Hunter(2)
Executives – Former
J Fazzino

S Atkinson
L Balter(2)

1,393
879
626
243
781
176

–

–
150

92
94
80
58
92
91

–

–
59

8
6
20
42
8
9

100

100
41

(1)  Under the terms of the 2018 STI in which Ms Johns participated, total STI awarded was $2.09m, of this, 50% will be paid in cash in 2018, with the remaining 

approximately 25% of the award to vest on 30 November 2019 and approximately 25% of the award to vest on 30 November 2020, subject to Ms Johns meeting 
a service condition. On each relevant vesting date and subject to satisfying the service condition, Ms Johns will receive the award amount in cash or in fully paid 
ordinary shares in the Company, as determined by the Board.

(2)  Ms Hunter and Ms Balter ceased as KMP with effect from 30 January 2018. Payments represent pro-rata amounts for time served as KMP.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

35

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

4.4   LTI 2015/18 Outcomes

The performance period for the LTI 2015/18 ended on 30 September 2018. Following testing against the performance conditions, 
in November the Board determined that 15% of the performance rights granted under the plan will vest. Details in relation to each 
of the performance conditions are set out below.

TSR Condition

In relation to the TSR Condition, the Company’s relative TSR performance over the period did not achieve median performance of 
the comparator group of S&P/ASX100 companies. Accordingly, 0% of the performance rights granted subject to the TSR Condition 
will vest (being 70% of the total performance rights granted under the plan).

Strategic Initiatives Condition

In relation to the Strategic Initiatives Condition for which there were two components – the Louisiana Ammonia Project and 
Business Excellence – the Board assessed each component against a balanced scorecard and determined the outcome having 
regard to the results achieved for the performance goals across the entirety of the scorecard. The Board has determined that 50% 
of the performance rights granted subject to this condition will vest (being 15% of the total performance rights granted under the 
plan). Commentary on the performance against the scorecard is set out in the following table.

Strategic Initiatives  
Condition component

Commentary on Performance Against Scorecard

Louisiana Ammonia 
Project

In contrast to the prior period which consisted predominantly of project construction, this performance period 
consisted predominantly of commercial operations.

The performance measures in the plan were Safety, Plant Efficiency, Output and EBITDA.  

The Safety goal was for TRIFR for the Louisiana Ammonia Project to be less than or equal to the IPL Company 
TRIFR over the same period. The safety performance target was met.

The Output goal was to operate at or above nameplate of 800,000 metric tonnes per annum. Above 
nameplate output was achieved again in 2018. 

The Efficiency goal of 32GJ of gas per metric tonne of ammonia was partially achieved. The plant continues  
to meet plant design parameters during operations excluding downtime inefficiencies.

The EBITDA performance against goals was partially achieved during the performance period, with 
performance against the EBITDA measure impacted by ammonia pricing.

Overall assessment: having regard to the outcomes in relation to all the measures, the Board determined 
that the performance goals were partially delivered against the balanced scorecard.

Business Excellence 
(BEx) System

The performance goals for the BEx scorecard comprised of non-financial input and financial and non-financial 
output measures. 

In relation to the input measures, the Business System Maturity goal outcome was verified by an  
independent third party. Progress was made, however the required stretch exit score was not achieved.

Manufacturing Uptime target performance at the end of the performance period was to be at 75th  
percentile across specified manufacturing plants, adjusted for plant age. Whilst some plants met the  
75th-90th percentile performance, the performance goals were partially but not fully met. 

The outcome in relation to the input measures is reflected in the output measure of Cumulative Productivity 
benefits. The Company delivered $274.4m in cumulative productivity benefits, which is in excess of the $75m 
stretch target established at the commencement of the performance period.

Overall assessment: having regard to the outcomes in relation to the input and output measures, the Board 
determined that the performance goals were partially delivered against the balanced scorecard.

Overall, 15% of the Performance Rights allocated under the LTI 2015/18 will vest (with the remaining 85% to lapse). 
The number of rights vested and lapsed will be reported in the 2019 Remuneration Report.

Actual  
Vesting (%)

67%  
of Rights  
for this 
component

33% 
of Rights  
for this 
component

36

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

4.5   LTI: Performance related remuneration 

Table 5 – Details of long term incentives granted and vested in the year ended 30 September 2018 and the vesting profile of 
long term incentives granted as remuneration
The movement during the reporting period, by value, of rights for the purposes of remuneration held by each Executive and the vesting 
profile of long term incentives granted as remuneration are detailed below. Details of performance rights vested and forfeited set out in 
the table below relate to the performance rights granted under the LTI 2014/17 (performance period: 1 October 2014 to 30 September 
2017) which, following testing in November 2017 resulted in the Board determining that 68.8% vested. In relation to the LTI 2015/18 
(performance period: 1 October 2015 to 30 September 2018), following testing in November 2018, the Board determined that 15% of 
the performance rights will vest. This will be reported in the 2019 Remuneration Report. 

Key Management  
Personnel

Executives – Current
J Johns

F Micallef

A Grace

G Hayne

N Stratford

E Hunter

Executives – Former

J Fazzino

S Atkinson(1)

L Balter

LTI plan

Grant date

Granted during 2018 
as remuneration(A) 
$000 

Exercised  
in year 
$000

Vested 
in year 
% 

Forfeited 
in year 
% 

Financial year  
in which grant 
may vest 

Maximum value of 
outstanding rights(B) 
$000 

2017/20

30 January 2018

1,820

2014/17
2015/18
2016/19 
2017/20

2014/17
2015/18
2016/19 
2017/20

30 December 2014
21 January 2016
25 January 2017 
30 January 2018

30 December 2014
21 January 2016
25 January 2017 
30 January 2018

2017/20

1 March 2018

2016/19 
2017/20

2014/17
2015/18
2016/19 
2017/20

2014/17
2015/18
2016/19

2014/17
2015/18
2016/19 
2017/20

2015/18
2016/19 
2017/20

19 April 2017 
30 January 2018

30 December 2014
21 January 2016
25 January 2017 
30 January 2018

30 December 2014
21 January 2016
25 January 2017

30 December 2014
21 January 2016
25 January 2017 
30 January 2018

25 August 2016
25 January 2017 
30 January 2018

 – 
 – 
 – 
 567 

 –
– 
 – 
 473 

316

 –
476

 –
– 
 – 
 359

 –
– 
 –

 –
– 
 – 
 52

– 
– 
473

–

417 
– 
– 
–

347 
– 
– 
–

–

– 
–

263 
– 
– 
–

1,265 
– 
–

347 
– 
– 
–

 –
– 
 –

–

69 
– 
– 
–

69 
– 
– 
–

–

– 
–

69 
– 
– 
–

69 
– 
–

69 
– 
– 
–

 –
– 
 –

–

31 
– 
– 
–

31 
– 
– 
–

–

– 
–

31 
– 
– 
–

31 
29 
63

31 
100 
100 
–

 –
– 
 –

2020

2017 
2018 
2019 
2020

2017 
2018 
2019 
2020

2020

2019 
2020

2017 
2018 
2019 
2020

2017 
2018 
2019

2017 
2018 
2019 
2020

2018 
2019 
2020

1,820

– 
 337 
855 
567 

– 
 281 
713 
473 

316

736 
476

– 
 213 
541 
359 

– 
725 
973

– 
– 
– 
52

275 
713 
473

(A)  The value of rights granted in the year is the fair value of those rights calculated at grant date using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The value of these rights 
is included in the footnotes under Table 7. This amount is allocated to the remuneration of the applicable Executive over the vesting period (that is, in the 2018, 
2019 and 2020 financial years). 

(B)  The maximum value of outstanding rights is based on the fair value of the performance rights at the grant date. This may be different to the value of the rights in 

the event that they vest. The minimum value of rights yet to vest is zero, as the performance criteria may not be met.

(1)  Mr Atkinson, who ceased employment on 29 January 2018, received an allocation of rights relating to the 2017/20 plan for the period he was employed in the 

2018 financial year.

Modification of terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions
No terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions (including rights) granted to a KMP have been altered or modified by 
the issuing entity during the reporting period.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

37

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

Table 6 – Movements in rights over equity instruments in the Company

The movement during the reporting period in the number of rights over shares in the Company, held directly, indirectly or 
beneficially, by each KMP, including their related parties, is as follows:

Key Management Personnel

Opening balance

Granted as compensation(A)

Vested(B)

Forfeited(C)

Closing balance

Number of Rights

Executives – Current

J Johns

F Micallef

A Grace

G Hayne

N Stratford

E Hunter

Executives – Former

J Fazzino

S Atkinson

L Balter

–

 705,751 

 588,126 

–

 228,832 

 446,397 

 2,143,719 

 588,126 

 372,432 

 674,157 

–

 210,182 

(175,157)

 175,152 

(145,964)

 116,907 

 176,297 

–

–

–

(79,558)

(66,299)

–

–

 132,943 

(110,789)

(50,322)

–

(532,039)

 19,337 

(145,964)

 175,152 

–

(910,990)

(442,162)

–

 674,157 

 661,218 

 551,015 

 116,907 

 405,129 

 418,229 

 700,690 

 19,337 

547,584

(A)  For the 2018 financial year, this represents the rights granted to Executives during the reporting period under the LTI 2017/20. The grant of rights under the LTI 

2017/20 to Ms Johns was approved by shareholders at the Company’s 2017 Annual General Meeting.

(B)  For the 2018 financial year, this represents the number of rights that vested during the reporting period under the LTI 2014/17. Each right entitled the participating 

Executive to acquire a fully paid ordinary share in IPL for no consideration.

(C)  For the 2018 financial year, this represents rights that were forfeited by Executives during the reporting period under the LTI 2014/17. In addition, in the case of Mr 
Fazzino who ceased employment during the reporting period, a portion of his rights held under the LTI 2015/18 and the LTI 2016/19 were also forfeited as at the 
date of cessation, in accordance with the plan rules. In the case of Mr Atkinson who ceased employment on 29 January 2018, 100% of his rights held under the LTI 
2015/18 and LTI 2016/19 were forfeited at that date in accordance with the plan rules. 

38

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

%

38

36 
32 
33 
31 
26 

37 
37 
35 
32 

 –  
30 
 –  
24 

26
36 

30
31 

4.6   Further details of Executive remuneration

Table 7 – Executive remuneration

Details of the remuneration for each Executive for the year ended 30 September 2018 are set out below (noting that for 
individuals who ceased to be KMP in the 2017 financial year, only comparative information is shown in the table).

Short-term benefits

Post- 
employment 
benefits 

Other  
long term 
benefits(C)

Termination 
benefits

Short term 
incentive 
& other 
bonuses(A)

Other 
short  
term 
benefits(B)

Super- 
annuation 
benefits

Salary  
& Fees

Share-based payments

Accounting values

Current  
period 
expense(D)

Prior periods 
expense  
write-back(D)

Total  
share-based 
payments

Short term
incentive  
& other 
bonuses as a 
proportion of 
remuneration(E)

Total 

Year

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

Executives – Current
J Johns(1)
Managing Director & CEO
F Micallef
Chief Financial Officer
A Grace
President, Global Manufacturing
G Hayne(2)
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific
N Stratford
President, Dyno Nobel Americas
E Hunter(3)
Chief Human Resources Officer  
& Shared Services
Executives – Former
J Fazzino(4)
Managing Director & CEO
S Atkinson(5)
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
and Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
L Balter(6)
President, Strategy &  
Business Development
Total Executives 

2018

1,407 

1,393

257

2018
2017
2018
2017
2018

2018
2017
2018
2017

2018
2017
2018
2017

2018
2017

915 
897 
759 
744 
404 

792 
504 
186 
560 

879 
726 
626 
579 
243 

781 
494 
176 
459 

264 
2,209 
244 
744 

 –  
1,763 
–
394 

248 
744 

150 
605 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
75 

94 
63 
6 
34 

12 
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

20 
20 
20 
20 
14 

20 
13 
7 
20 

6 
20 
10 
20 

7 
20 

6 

24 
9 
18 
20 
78 

19 
32 
7 
4 

4 
43 
7 
18 

5 
4 

607 

3,670

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

607 

587 
589 
489 
491 
105 

404 
245 
124 
373 

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

587 
589 
489 
491 
105 

404 
245 
124 
373 

632 
 –  
766 
 –  

71
1,790 
6 
491 

–
 –  

162
329 

(741)
 –  
(425)
 –  

–
 –  

(670)
1,790 
(419)
491 

162
329 

2,425 
2,241 
1,912 
1,854 
919 

2,110 
1,351 
506 
1,450 

248 
5,825 
608 
1,667 

572
1,702 

2018
2017

5,219 
6,402 

4,248
5,020 

444
97 

104 
133 

168 
130 

1,398 
 –  

2,555 
4,308 

(1,166)
 –  

1,389  12,970
16,090 
4,308 

(A)   Certain STI payments are awarded in US$. Such STI payments were converted to A$ at the spot rate on 30 September 2018, being 1.3875.
(B)    Other short term benefits include the taxable value of fringe benefits paid attributable to the fringe benefits tax year (2018: 1 April 2017 to 31 March 2018) (2017: 
1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017), rent and mortgage interest subsidies, relocation allowances and other allowances. For Mr Stratford, this includes rental subsidies in 
relation to his role as President, Dyno Nobel Americas. For Mr Hayne, this amount related to relocation allowances paid in the 2018 financial year. For Ms Johns, an 
allowance was paid on 26 October 2017 and 15 November 2017 totalling $134,582 for duties undertaken prior to Ms Johns becoming a KMP as well as relocation 
benefits of $122,436 were paid in the 2018 financial year.

(C)    Other long term benefits represent long service leave accrued during the reporting period. 
(D)   In accordance with accounting standards, remuneration includes the amortisation of the fair value at grant date of performance rights issued under the LTI Plans that 

are expected to vest, less any write-back on performance rights lapsed or expected to lapse as a result of actual or expected performance against non-market hurdles 
(“Option Accounting Value”). The value disclosed in the above Table 7 represents the portion of fair value allocated to this reporting period and is not indicative of the 
benefit, if any, that may be received by the Executive should the performance conditions with respect to the relevant long term incentive plan be satisfied.

LTI 2014/17 - TSR
LTI 2014/17 - Strategic Initiative
LTI 2015/18 - TSR
LTI 2015/18 - Strategic Initiative
LTI 2016/19 - TSR
LTI 2016/19 - Strategic Initiative
LTI 2016/19 - ROE Growth
LTI 2017/20 - TSR
LTI 2017/20 - Strategic Initiative
LTI 2017/20 - ROE Growth

Grant date
30/12/2014
30/12/2014
21/01/2016
21/01/2016
25/01/2017
25/01/2017
25/01/2017
30/01/2018
30/01/2018
30/01/2018

Fair value per share treated  
as rights at grant date
$1.99
$2.88
$1.29
$3.06
$2.87
$3.45
$3.45
$1.98
$3.42
$3.42

(E)   The short term incentive and other bonuses as a proportion of remuneration is calculated based on the short term incentive expense as a proportion of the total 

remuneration (excluding the prior period share-based payment expense write-back).

(1)    Ms Johns became a KMP on 15 November 2017 and the disclosures for the 2018 financial year are from that date.
(2)    Mr Hayne became a KMP on 30 January 2018 and the disclosures for the 2018 financial year are from that date.
(3)    Ms Hunter continues in her role as Chief Human Resources Officer & Shared Services however ceased being a KMP from 30 January 2018 onwards. Disclosures for 

the 2018 financial year are from 1 October 2017 to 29 January 2018.

(4)    Mr Fazzino ceased being a KMP on 14 November 2017. Termination benefits received by Mr Fazzino in the 2018 financial year included a separation payment of 

$631,818 in accordance with his contract of employment.

(5)    Mr Atkinson ceased being a KMP on 29 January 2018. Termination benefits received by Mr Atkinson in the 2018 financial year included a separation payment of 

$765,834 in accordance with his contract of employment.

(6)    Ms Balter ceased being a KMP from 30 January 2018 onwards. Disclosures for the 2018 financial year are from 1 October 2017 to 29 January 2018.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

39

 
Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

Table 8 – Actual Pay

The table below provides a summary of actual remuneration paid to the Executives in the 2018 financial year (noting that for 
individuals who ceased to be KMP in the 2017 financial year, only comparative information is shown in the table). The accounting 
values of the Executives’ remuneration reported in accordance with the Accounting Standards may not always reflect what the 
Executives have actually received, particularly due to the valuation of share based payments. The table below seeks to clarify this 
by setting out the actual remuneration that the Executives have been paid in their capacity as KMP during the financial year. 
Executive remuneration details prepared in accordance with statutory requirements and the Accounting Standards are presented in 
Table 7 of this report. 

Salary  
& Fees

$000

Year

Short Term 
Incentive 
& other 
bonuses(A)

$000

Other 
Short Term 
benefits(B)

$000

Superannuation  
benefits

Other  
Long Term 
benefits(C)

Termination  
benefits

$000

$000

$000

Executives – Current
J Johns
Managing Director & CEO

F Micallef
Chief Financial Officer

A Grace
President, Global Manufacturing

G Hayne
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific 

N Stratford
President, Dyno Nobel Americas

E Hunter
Chief Human Resources Officer  
& Shared Services

Executives – Former

J Fazzino
Managing Director & CEO

S Atkinson
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
and Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

L Balter
President, Strategy &  
Business Development

Total Executives 

2018

1,407 

 –  

236 

2018
2017
2018
2017
2018

2018
2017
2018
2017

2018
2017
2018
2017

2018
2017

2018
2017

915 
897 
759 
744 
404 

792 
504 
186 
560 

264 
2,209 
244 
744 

248 
744 

5,219 
6,402 

726 
87 
579 
416 
 –  

494 
 –  
459 
55 

1,763 
212 
394 
73 

605 
 –  

5,020 
843 

 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
75 

94 
63 
6 
34 

234 

 –  
53 

 –  

 –  

 –  

698 
97 

 –  

20 
20 
20 
20 
14 

20 
13 
7 
20 

6 
20 
10 
20 

7 
20 

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

1,022 
 –  
134 
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

632 
 –  
766 
 –  

 –  
 –  

Total 

$000

1,643 

1,661 
1,004 
1,358 
1,180 
493 

1,400 
580 
658 
669 

3,921 
2,441 
1,601 
837 

860 
764 

104 
133 

1,156 
 –  

1,398 
 –  

13,595 
7,475 

(A)   Represents short term incentives paid during the 2018 financial year in relation to incentives awarded in respect of the 2017 financial year under the 2017 STI.

(B)    Other short term benefits include annual leave paid, the taxable value of fringe benefits paid attributable to the fringe benefits tax year (2018: 1 April 2017 to  

31 March 2018) (2017: 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017), rent and mortgage interest subsidies, relocation allowances and other allowances.

(C)    Other long term benefits include long service leave paid on cessation of employment. 

40

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

5.   Overview of Remuneration Changes for the 2019 Financial Year

During the 2018 financial year, the Board undertook a broad review of executive remuneration that included all three key 
individual components of the Company’s remuneration structure. The outcomes of this review, and corresponding impacts to the 
2019 financial year’s arrangements are summarised below.

Fixed Annual Remuneration

The Board reviewed the Fixed Annual Remuneration (FAR) of all Executives and concluded that the FAR remains appropriate. With 
adjustments to be made to Short Term Incentive opportunities (see next section) it was decided to maintain existing FAR levels for 
all but the MD&CEO, who will receive a 2.5% increase effective 1 October 2018 driven by performance to date and overall market 
movements in this space.

Short Term Incentive

STI opportunity for all Executives (other than the MD&CEO) was found to be below current market practice when compared to ASX 
listed companies of a similar size and complexity to IPL. Accordingly, the Board has determined to increase target STI opportunity 
from 50% to 60% and maximum opportunity from 100% to 120% of FAR (effective 1 October 2018) for all Executives other than 
the MD&CEO, who will remain on her existing 100% target and 150% maximum STI opportunity.

Whilst the overall STI opportunity for all Executives will remain heavily weighted to financial metrics, a decision has been taken by 
the Board to introduce a combination of headline (40% – 50%) and adjusted financial performance (30%– 40%) targets into the STI 
structure. The adjusted performance measure is Group Profit or Business Unit EBIT, adjusted for the impact of foreign exchange and 
some commodity price movements. The intent of this change is to focus Executive efforts on controllable factors as well as 
remaining mindful of the impacts of the broader currency and commodity cycle impacts.

Long Term Incentive

Taking into account the longer term strategic intent of the Company, the Board has revised the weighting of the three LTI 
components for the performance period commencing 1 October 2018 and ending 30 September 2021 (LTI 2018/21) as follows:

•  The TSR Condition, which is based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to the S&P/ASX100 comparator group has been 

maintained, with the weighting set at 40% of the maximum LTI opportunity.

•  The ROE Growth Condition targeting operational efficiency of the Group’s assets has been maintained, with the weighting set at 

30% of the maximum LTI opportunity.

•  The Strategic Initiatives Condition focuses on delivery of world-class performance in manufacturing excellence and reflects the 
Company’s commitment to drive continuous improvement on productivity. Additionally, by focusing on leading technology 
solutions and customer relationships, the Strategic Initiatives Condition aims to incentivise the participating Executives to create 
tangible and deliverable new sources of revenue through growth in technology sales and at the same time partner and build 
strong relationships with the Company’s customers. This component has been maintained with the weight set at 30% of the 
maximum LTI opportunity. 

Minimum Shareholding Requirements

As a result of the remuneration review undertaken in 2018, the Board has determined to introduce policies that are intended to 
formalise expectations around minimum shareholding requirements.

During the 2019 financial year, the Board intends to introduce a requirement for all Non-Executive Directors residing in Australia to 
be holding the minimum equivalent of 100% of their annual board fee in IPL ordinary shares within a five-year period.

The Board intends to introduce a similar requirement for all Executives to hold a minimum of 50% of their FAR (100% for the 
MD&CEO). A portion of the Executives’ 2019 STI will be withheld and applied towards the acquisition of shares necessary to build 
the Executives’ minimum shareholder requirement. Deferral of short-term incentives into restricted shares will increase Executives’ 
exposure to the Incitec Pivot share price and dividends. The introduction of this policy will enhance the alignment to shareholder 
interests already provided by the Company’s long-term incentive programme.

In order to deliver alignment amongst the entire Executive Team, the MD&CEO will transfer to this new minimum shareholding 
arrangement for the 2019 financial year. The MD&CEO may also receive deferred equity under the 2018 STI as described in sections 
2.1 and 4.3.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

41

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

6.   Non-Executive Director Remuneration

IPL’s policy is to:

•  remunerate Non-Executive Directors by way of fees and payments which may be in the form of cash and superannuation 

benefits; and

•  set the level of Non-Executive Directors’ fees and payments to be consistent with the market and to enable the IPL Group to 

attract and retain directors of an appropriate calibre.

Non-Executive Directors are not remunerated by way of options, shares, performance rights, bonuses nor by incentive-based payments.

Non-Executive Directors receive a fee for being a director of the Board and Non-Executive Directors, other than the Chairman of the 
Board, receive additional fees for either chairing or being a member of a Board Committee. The level of fees paid to a Non-Executive 
Director is determined by the Board after an annual review and reflects a Non-Executive Director’s time commitments and 
responsibilities. 

For the 2018 financial year, there were no increases to Non-Executive Directors’ fees. Fees paid to Non-Executive Directors amounted to 
$1,726,000 which was within the $2,000,000 maximum aggregate fee pool approved by shareholders at the 2008 Annual General 
Meeting. 

For the 2019 financial year, the Board has again determined that there will be no increase in Non-Executive Director fees. 

The table below sets out the Board and Committee fees as at 30 September 2018: 

Board Fees

Chairperson
Members

Committee Fees

Audit & Risk Management Committee
Chairperson
Members

Remuneration Committee
Chairperson
Members

HSEC Committee
Chairperson
Members

Nominations Committee
Chairperson
Members

$532,500
$177,500

$47,200
$23,600

$35,400
$17,700

$35,400
$17,700

N/A
$8,250

Table 9 – Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration

Details of the Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration for the financial year ended 30 September 2018 are set out in the 
following table:

Board and  
Committee Fees

Cash allowances  
and other short  
term benefits(A)

Post-employment  
benefits

Other long  
term benefits

Non-Executive Directors – Current
P Brasher, Chairman

J Breunig(1)

K Fagg

B Kruger

R McGrath

G Smorgon AM

Non-Executive Directors – Former
G Hayes

Total Non-Executive Directors 

Year

2018
2017

2018
2017
2018
2017
2018
2017
2018
2017
2018
2017

2018
2017
2018
2017

Fees

$000

513 
513 

195 
64 
211 
207 
217 
65 
225 
225 
186 
198 

46 
206 
1,593 
1,478 

Superannuation  
benefits  

$000

$000

$000

 –  
 –  

30 
10 
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
7 
30
17 

20 
20 

 –  
 –  
20 
19 
20 
6 
20 
20 
18 
19 

5 
19 
103 
103 

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

Total

$000

533 
533 

225 
74 
231 
226 
237 
71 
245 
245 
204 
217 

51 
232 
1,726 
1,598 

(A)  Cash allowances and other short term benefits include travel allowances and the taxable value of fringe benefits paid attributable to the fringe benefits tax year.
(1)  Mr Breunig resides in the United States and receives a travel allowance of $5,000 per trip to Australia to attend Board and/or Committee meetings.

42

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

 
 
7.  Shareholdings in IPL

Table 10 – Movements in shares in the Company

The movement during the reporting period in the number of shares in the Company held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each 
KMP, including their related parties, is set out in the table below: 

Opening balance

Shares acquired

Shares disposed

Closing balance(B)

Number of Shares(A)

Non-Executive Directors – Current
P Brasher
J Breunig
K Fagg
B Kruger
R McGrath
G Smorgon AM
Non-Executive Director – Former
G Hayes
Executive Director – Current
J Johns
Executive Director – Former
J Fazzino
Executives – Current
F Micallef
A Grace
G Hayne
N Stratford
E Hunter
Executives – Former
S Atkinson
L Balter

 60,600 
 –   
 10,000 
 14,620 
 18,758 
 13,100 

 10,000 

 –   

 – 
 –  
 –  
 –  
 6,250 
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 (13,100)

 –  

 –  

 60,600 
 –  
 10,000 
 14,620 
 25,008 
 –  

 10,000 

 –  

 1,914,562 

 904,467 

 (904,467)

 1,914,562 

 16,534 
 75,800 
 8,633 
 19,620 
 –  

 50,270 
 –  

 175,157 
 146,744 
 –  
 –  
 110,789 

 145,964 
 –  

 (175,157)
 (75,800)
 –  
 –  
 (110,789)

 (196,234)
 –  

 16,534 
 146,744 
 8,633 
 19,620 
 –  

 –  
 –  

(A)    Includes fully paid ordinary shares and shares acquired under IPL’s incentive plans. Details of these plans are set out in note 17, Share-based payments.
(B)    Where a director or an Executive has ceased to be a KMP during the reporting year, the balance stated in this column represents the number of shares held as at the 

date the director or Executive ceased to be a KMP.

8.  Other KMP Disclosures

Loans to KMP 

In the year ended 30 September 2018, there were no loans to key management personnel and their related parties (2017: nil).

Other KMP transactions

The following transactions, entered into during the year with key management personnel (including their related parties), were on 
terms and conditions no more favourable than those available to other customers, suppliers and employees:

(1)  The spouse of Mr Fazzino, former Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, is a partner in the accountancy and tax firm 

PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) from which the Group purchased services of $1,139,272 during the year (2017: $505,742).  
Mr Fazzino’s spouse does not directly provide these services. Mr Fazzino did not engage PwC at any time for any assignment.

(2)  The spouse of Ms Fagg was a partner in the accountancy and tax firm KPMG from which the Group purchased services of 
$851,572 during the year (2017: $1,063,677). Ms Fagg’s spouse did not directly provide these services. Ms Fagg was not 
involved in any engagement of KPMG made by the Group. Ms Fagg’s spouse ceased employment with KPMG on  
31 December 2017.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors:

Paul V Brasher
Chairman

Dated at Melbourne this 13th day of November 2018

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

43

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
ABN 74 490 121 060

550 Bourke Street
Melbourne VIC 3000
GPO Box 78
Melbourne VIC 3001 Australia

Tel:  +61 (0) 3 9671 7000
Fax:  +61 (0) 3 9671 7001
www.deloitte.com.au

The Board of Directors 
Incitec Pivot Limited 
Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place 
Southbank Victoria 3006 

13 November 2018 

Dear Board Members 

Incitec Pivot Limited 

In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I am pleased to provide the 
following declaration of independence to the directors of Incitec Pivot Limited. 

As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial statements of Incitec Pivot Limited for the 
financial year ended 30 September 2018, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, 
there have been no contraventions of: 

(i) the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the 

audit; and 

(ii) any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

Yours sincerely 

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 

Tom Imbesi 
Partner  
Chartered Accountants 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited

44

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Financial Report

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and  
Other Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Directors’ Declaration on the Consolidated  
Financial Statements set out on pages 46 to 82 

Audit Report 

Shareholder Information 

Five Year Financial Statistics 

47

48

49

50

51

83

84

89

90

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

45

Financial report

Introduction

This is the consolidated financial report of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company, IPL, or Incitec Pivot) a company domiciled in 
Australia, and its subsidiaries including its interests in joint ventures and associates (collectively referred to as the Group) for 
the financial year ended 30 September 2018.

Content and structure of the financial report

The notes to the financial statements and the related accounting policies are grouped into the following distinct sections in the 
2018 financial report. The accounting policies have been consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Section

Description

Financial performance

Provides detail on the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income and Consolidated Statement of Financial Position that are most 
relevant in forming an understanding of the Group’s financial performance for the year.

Shareholder returns

Provides information on the performance of the Group in generating shareholder returns.

Capital structure

Provides information about the Group’s capital and funding structures.

Capital investment

Risk management

Other

Provides information on the Group’s investment in tangible and intangible assets, and the 
Group’s future capital commitments.

Provides information about the Group’s risk exposures, risk management practices, provisions 
and contingent liabilities.

Provides information on items that require disclosure to comply with Australian Accounting 
Standards and the requirements under the Corporations Act.

Information is included in the notes to the financial report only to the extent it is considered material and relevant to the 
understanding of the financial report. A disclosure is considered material and relevant if, for example:

l 
l 
l 
l 

the dollar amount is significant in size (quantitative factor)
the item is significant by nature (qualitative factor)
the Group’s result cannot be understood without the specific disclosure (qualitative factor)
it relates to an aspect of the Group’s operations that is important to its future performance.

46

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss  
and Other Comprehensive Income 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

Revenue

Financial and other income

Share of profit of equity accounted investments

Operating expenses

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

Raw materials and consumables used and finished goods purchased for resale

Employee expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Financial expenses

Purchased services

Repairs and maintenance

Outgoing freight

Lease payments – operating leases

Asset impairment write-downs

Other expenses

Profit before income tax

Income tax benefit/(expense)

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Actuarial gain on defined benefit plans

Gross fair value losses on assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Fair value gains on cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedge gains transferred to profit or loss

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

Net (losses)/gains on hedge of net investment

Income tax relating to items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Profit attributable to:

Members of Incitec Pivot Limited

Non-controlling interest

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

Members of Incitec Pivot Limited

Non-controlling interest

Total comprehensive income for the year

Earnings per share

Basic (cents per share)

Diluted (cents per share)

Notes

(2)

(2)

(13)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(3)

(19)

(16)

(16)

(16)

(5)

(5)

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

 3,856.3 

 3,473.4 

 44.0 

 44.7 

 102.3 

 39.9 

93.0

 (28.9)

 (1,809.7)

 (1,537.7)

 (652.5)

 (294.3)

 (133.5)

 (175.3)

 (149.4)

 (271.7)

 (67.5)

 (240.6)

 (50.8)

 192.7 

 18.1 

 210.8 

 4.9 

 (0.2)

 (3.0)

 1.7 

86.6 

 (35.4)

 254.1 

 (127.2)

 (33.5)

 144.6 

 (596.3)

 (273.3)

 (114.0)

 (152.4)

 (135.2)

 (265.1)

 (61.6)

(4.7)

 (53.9)

 392.5 

 (70.9)

 321.6 

 41.7 

 (0.8)

 (14.9)

 26.0 

 52.9 

(34.8)

 (103.5)

 69.2 

1.5

 (14.7)

 146.3

11.3

 357.1

 332.9 

 207.9 

 2.9 

 210.8 

 354.2 

 2.9 

 357.1 

 12.5 

 12.5 

 318.7 

 2.9 

 321.6 

 330.0 

 2.9 

 332.9 

 18.9 

 18.8 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

47

 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
As at 30 September 2018

Notes

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

(8)

(4)

(4)

(16)

(4)

(16)

(13)

(9)

(10)

(3)

(4)

(8)

(16)

(15)

(4)

(8)

(16)

(15)

(3)

(19)

(7)

588.5 

311.5 

494.9 

63.3 

13.3 

 627.9 

 337.7 

 388.6 

 76.2 

 22.6 

1,471.5

 1,453.0 

12.6 

36.3 

29.6 

336.1 

4,004.3 

3,046.6 

17.0 

7,482.5 

8,954.0 

1,045.0 

212.9 

18.3 

75.6 

55.6 

 5.1 

 30.7 

 18.6 

 316.9 

 3,854.8 

 3,121.0 

 21.6 

 7,368.7 

 8,821.7 

 1,043.7 

 12.1 

 19.4 

 78.0 

 11.8 

1,407.4 

 1,165.0 

13.6 

 14.9 

2,161.9 

 2,212.0 

7.4 

104.0 

482.9 

32.6 

2,802.4 

4,209.8 

4,744.2 

3,226.5 

(55.4)

1,566.6 

6.5 

 28.3 

 95.1 

509.1

 38.2 

 2,897.6 

 4,062.6 

 4,759.1 

 3,436.8 

 (197.9)

 1,514.2 

 6.0 

4,744.2 

4,759.1 

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Other assets

Other financial assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

Other assets

Other financial assets

Equity accounted investments

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest bearing liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Provisions

Current tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest bearing liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Retirement benefit obligation

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Reserves

Retained earnings

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

48

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit after tax for the year

Adjusted for non-cash items

Net finance cost

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles

Share of profit of equity accounted investments

Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 

Non-cash share-based payment transactions

Income tax (benefit)/expense

Changes in assets and liabilities

Decrease/(increase) in receivables and other operating assets

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

Increase in payables, provisions and other operating liabilities

Adjusted for cash items

Dividends received

Interest received

Interest paid

Income tax paid

Net cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant and equipment and intangibles

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Payments for acquisition of subsidiaries

Repayments of loans to equity accounted investees

Payments from settlement of net investment hedge derivatives

Net cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Repayments of borrowings

Proceeds from borrowings

Realised market value (loss)/gain on derivatives

Dividends paid to members of Incitec Pivot Limited

Dividends paid to non-controlling interest holder

Purchased shares for IPL employees

Payment for buy-back of shares

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents held

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents held

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Notes

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

Inflows/ 
(Outflows)

Inflows/ 
(Outflows)

210.8 

321.6 

(2)

(9)

(10)

(13)

(2)

(17)

(3)

(13)

(8)

(8)

(6)

(8)

128.0 

294.3 

4.0

236.6 

(44.7)

(2.4)

3.2 

(18.1)

40.1 

(101.2)

10.1

760.7 

29.9 

5.5 

(121.9)

(11.5)

662.7 

108.7 

273.3 

4.7 

–

(39.9)

(19.8)

4.6 

70.9

(50.3)

11.0 

32.9 

717.7 

34.9 

5.3 

(97.3)

(12.9)

647.7 

(325.3)

(319.7)

6.2 

(5.8)

2.2 

(1.3)

(324.0)

(504.3)

501.4 

(4.3)

(157.4)

(2.4)

(5.1)

(210.3)

(382.4)

(43.7)

627.9 

4.3 

588.5 

39.8 

(2.5)

12.5 

(18.4)

(288.3)

(505.1)

508.0 

2.8 

(153.5)

(1.2)

–

–

(149.0)

210.4 

427.1 

(9.6) 

627.9 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

49

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

Issued  
capital  
$mill

Notes

Cash  
flow  
hedging 
reserve 
$mill 

Share 
-based  
payments 
reserve 
$mill

Foreign  
currency 
translation 
reserve 
$mill

Fair  
value  
reserve 
$mill

Retained 
earnings 
$mill

Non- 
controlling 
interest 
$mill

Total 
$mill

Total 
equity  
$mill

Balance at 1 October 2016

 3,436.8 

 (33.6)

 22.3 

 (164.7)

 (11.3)

 1,322.5 

 4,572.0 

 4.3 

 4,576.3 

Profit for the year

Total other comprehensive  
income for the year

Dividends paid 

(6)

Share-based payment transactions  (17)

–

–

–

–

–

13.5

–

–

–

–

–

 4.6 

–

–

 318.7 

 318.7 

 2.9 

 321.6 

 (28.2)

 (0.5)

26.5

11.3

–

 11.3 

–

–

–

–

 (153.5)

 (153.5)

 (1.2)

 (154.7)

–

 4.6 

–

 4.6 

Balance at 30 September 2017

 3,436.8 

 (20.1)

 26.9 

 (192.9)

 (11.8)

 1,514.2 

 4,753.1 

 6.0 

 4,759.1 

Balance at 1 October 2017

 3,436.8 

 (20.1)

 26.9 

 (192.9)

 (11.8)

 1,514.2 

 4,753.1 

 6.0 

 4,759.1 

Profit for the year

Total other comprehensive  
income for the year

Dividends paid 

Share buy-back

(6)

(7)

Purchased shares for IPL employees

Share-based payment transactions  (17)

–

–

–

 (210.3)

–

–

–

 35.7 

–

–

–

–

Balance at 30 September 2018

 3,226.5 

 15.6 

–

–

–

–

 (5.1)

 3.2 

 25.0 

–

–

 207.9 

 207.9 

 2.9 

 210.8 

 108.9 

 (0.2)

 1.9 

 146.3 

–

 146.3 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 (157.4)

 (157.4)

 (2.4)

 (159.8)

–

–

–

 (210.3)

 (5.1)

 3.2 

–

–

–

 (210.3)

 (5.1)

 3.2 

 (84.0)

 (12.0)

 1,566.6 

 4,737.7 

 6.5 

 4,744.2 

Cash flow hedging reserve
This reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedging instruments 
related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

Share-based payments reserve
This reserve comprises the fair value of rights recognised as an employee expense under the terms of the 2015/18, 2016/19 
and 2017/20 Long Term Incentive Plans.

Foreign currency translation reserve
Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign controlled operations are taken to the foreign currency translation 
reserve. The relevant portion of the reserve is recognised in the profit or loss when the foreign operation is disposed of. 

The foreign currency translation reserve is also used to record gains and losses on hedges of net investments in foreign 
operations. 

Fair value reserve
This reserve represents the cumulative net change in the fair value of equity instruments. The annual net change in the fair 
value of investments in equity securities (including both realised and unrealised gains and losses) is recognised in other 
comprehensive income. 

Non-controlling interest
Represents a 35 percent outside equity interest in Quantum Fertilisers Limited, a Hong Kong based fertiliser marketing company. 

50

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

Basis of preparation 

Financial performance 

1   Segment report

2  Revenue and expenses

3 

4 

Taxation

Trade and other assets and liabilities

Shareholder returns 

5 

Earnings per share

6  Dividends

Capital structure 

7 

Contributed equity

8  Net debt

Capital investment

9  Property, plant and equipment

10  Intangibles

11  Impairment of goodwill and non-current assets

12  Commitments

13  Equity accounted investments

14  Investments in subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates

Risk management

15  Provisions and contingencies

16  Financial risk management

Other 

17  Share-based payments  

18  Key management personnel disclosures

19  Retirement benefit obligation

20  Deed of cross guarantee

21  Parent entity disclosure

22  Auditor’s remuneration

23  Events subsequent to reporting date

52

53

55

56

58

59

59

60

61

63

64

65

66

67

68

70

71

79

79

80

81

81

82

82

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

51

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Basis of preparation 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

Basis of preparation and consolidation

Rounding of amounts

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been 
prepared under the historical cost convention, except for 
certain financial instruments that have been measured at fair 
value. 

The financial results and financial position of the Group are 
expressed in Australian dollars, which is the functional 
currency of the Company and the presentation currency for 
the consolidated financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements were authorised for 
issue by the directors on 13 November 2018.

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Legislative 
Instrument, ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/
Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, issued by the 
Australian Securities and Investments Commission dated  
24 March 2016 and, in accordance with that Legislative 
Instrument, the amounts shown in this report and in the 
financial statements have been rounded, except where 
otherwise stated, to the nearest one hundred thousand 
dollars.

Accounting standards issued 

The Group adopted all amendments to Standards and 
Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards 
Board (AASB) that are relevant to its operations and 
effective for the current year. The adoption of these revised 
Standards and Interpretations did not have a material impact 
on the Group’s results.

AASB 9: Financial Instruments is mandatory for annual 
periods starting on or after 1 January 2018. The Group has 
early adopted this standard in the 2015 financial year.

The following relevant standards were available for early 
adoption but have not been applied by the Group:

l  AASB 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers  

Details of the expected impact of AASB 15 on the Group, 
when it is adopted, are included in note 2.

l  AASB 16: Leases 

Details of the expected impact of AASB 16 on the Group, 
when it is adopted, are included in note 12. 

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities that are controlled by the Group. The 
financial results and financial position of the subsidiaries are 
included in the consolidated financial statements from the 
date control commences until the date control ceases. 

A list of the Group’s subsidiaries is included in note 14.

Joint arrangements and associates

A joint venture is an arrangement where the parties have 
rights to the net assets of the venture.

A joint operation is an arrangement where the parties each 
have rights to the assets and liabilities relating to the 
arrangement.

Associates are those entities in respect of which the Group has 
significant influence, but not control, over the financial and 
operating policies of the entities.

Investments in joint ventures and associates are accounted for 
using the equity method. They are initially recognised at cost, 
and subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial 
statements include the Group’s share of the profit or loss and 
other comprehensive income of the investees.

The interest in joint operations are brought to account 
recognising the Group’s share of jointly controlled assets; 
liabilities; expenses; and income from the joint operation. 

A list of the Group’s joint arrangements and associates is 
included in note 14.

Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements are general purpose 
financial statements which have been prepared in accordance 
with Australian Accounting Standards (including Australian 
Interpretations) and the Corporations Act 2001. The 
consolidated financial statements of the Group comply with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and 
interpretations. The Company is a for-profit entity.

Key estimates and judgments
Key accounting estimates and judgments are continually 
evaluated and are based on historical experience and other 
factors, including expectation of future events that may have 
a financial impact on the Group and that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances.

The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom 
equal the subsequent related actual result. The estimates and 
judgments that have a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of the assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year are set out in the 
notes.

52

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

1. Segment report

The Group operates a number of strategic divisions that offer different products and services and operate in different markets. 
For reporting purposes, these divisions are known as reportable segments. The results of each segment are reviewed monthly 
by the executive management team (the chief operating decision makers) to assess performance and make decisions about 
the allocation of resources.

Description of reportable segments

Asia Pacific
Fertilisers is made up of the following reportable segments:

l 

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF): manufactures and distributes fertilisers in Eastern Australia. The products that IPF 
manufactures include urea, ammonia and single super phosphate. IPF also imports products from overseas suppliers and 
purchases ammonium phosphates from Southern Cross International for resale. 

l  Southern Cross International (SCI): manufactures ammonium phosphates and is a distributor of its manufactured fertiliser 
product to wholesalers in Australia (including IPF) and the export market. SCI operates the Industrial Chemicals business 
and also includes the Group’s 65 percent share of the Hong Kong marketing company, Quantum Fertilisers Limited.

Fertilisers Eliminations (Fertilisers Elim): represent the elimination of sales and profit in stock arising from the sale of SCI 
manufactured products to IPF at an import parity price.

Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP): manufactures and sells industrial explosives and related products and services to the mining 
industry in the Asia Pacific region and Turkey.

Asia Pacific Eliminations (APAC Elim): represent elimination of sales and profit in stock arising from IPF and SCI sales to DNAP 
at an arm’s length transfer price.

Americas
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA): manufactures and sells industrial explosives and related products and services to the mining, 
quarrying and construction industries in the Americas (USA, Canada, Mexico and Chile). It also manufactures and sells industrial 
chemicals to the agriculture and specialist industries.

Corporate
Corporate costs include all head office expenses that cannot be directly or reasonably attributed to the operation of any of the 
Group’s businesses.

Group Eliminations (Group Elim): represent elimination of sales and profit in stock arising from intersegment sales at an arm’s 
length transfer price.

Reportable segments – financial information

30 September 2018

Notes

IPF 
$mill

SCI 
$mill

Fertilisers 
Elim 
$mill

Total 
Fertilisers 
$mill

DNAP 
$mill

APAC 
Elim 
$mill

Total 
$mill

DNA 
$mill

Group  
Elim 
$mill

Corporate(i) 
$mill

Consolidated 
Group 
$mill

Asia Pacific

 Americas

Revenue from external customers 

(2) 1,088.4 

605.0  (221.7) 1,471.7 

978.6  (12.1) 2,438.2 

1,462.3 

(44.2)

Share of profits of equity  
accounted investments

EBITDA(ii)

(13)

–

–

–

–

17.4 

67.7 

116.7 

(2.2)

182.2 

288.8 

Depreciation and amortisation

(2)

(30.0)

(47.6)

–

(77.6)

(83.4)

37.7 

69.1 

(2.2)

104.6 

205.4 

EBIT(iii)

Net interest expense

Income tax expense (excluding IMIs)

(3)

Profit after tax(iv) 

Non-controlling interest

Individually material items (net of tax)

Profit attributable to members of IPL

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Net segment assets(v)

Deferred tax balances
Net assets

700.8 

613.4 

(503.1) (160.4)

197.7 

453.0 

–

–

–

1,314.2  2,585.2 

(663.5)

(284.0)

650.7  2,301.2 

(3)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,856.3 

44.7 

851.0 

17.4 

471.0 

27.3 

–

410.3 

(0.6)

(29.7)

(161.0)

(131.7)

–

(1.6)

(294.3)

310.0 

278.6 

(0.6)

(31.3)

556.7 

(128.0)

(78.4)

350.3 

(2.9)

(139.5)

207.9 

3,899.4 

4,332.2 

(947.5)

(484.2)

2,951.9 

3,848.0 

–

–

–

705.4 

8,937.0 

(2,295.2)

(3,726.9)

(1,589.8)

5,210.1 

(465.9)
4,744.2 

(i)  Corporate assets and liabilities include the Group’s interest bearing liabilities and derivative assets and liabilities.
(ii)  Earnings Before Interest, related income Tax expense, Depreciation and Amortisation and individually material items.
(iii)  Earnings Before Interest, related income Tax expense and individually material items.
(iv)  Profit after tax (excluding individually material items).
(v)  Net segment assets excluding deferred tax balances.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

53

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

1. Segment report (continued)

Reportable segments – financial information (continued)

30 September 2017

Notes

IPF 
$mill

Fertilisers 
Elim 
$mill

Total 
Fertilisers 
$mill

SCI 
$mill

DNAP 
$mill

APAC  
Elim 
$mill

Total 
$mill

DNA 
$mill

Group  
Elim 
$mill

Corporate 
$mill

Consolidated 
Group 
$mill

Asia Pacific

 Americas

Revenue from external customers 

(2) 1,010.3 

553.3 

(213.8) 1,349.8 

933.2 

(19.2) 2,263.8 

1,251.4 

(41.8)

Share of profits of equity  
accounted investments

EBITDA

(13)

–

–

–

–

16.0 

84.9 

85.0 

1.2 

171.1 

273.3 

Depreciation and amortisation

(2)

(28.1)

(39.1)

–

(67.2)

(84.3)

EBIT

Net interest expense

Income tax expense

Profit after tax 

Non-controlling interest

Profit attributable to members of IPL

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Net segment assets

Deferred tax balances
Net assets

(3)

(3)

56.8 

45.9 

1.2 

103.9 

189.0 

696.8

503.5

(495.0)

(123.7)

201.8

379.8

–

–

–

1,200.3 2,870.0

(618.7)

(250.6)

581.6 2,619.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

16.0 

444.4 

23.9 

348.7 

–

0.3 

–

–

(18.9)

3,473.4 

39.9 

774.5 

(151.5)

(120.3)

–

(1.5)

(273.3)

292.9 

228.4 

0.3 

(20.4)

501.2 

(108.7)

(70.9)

321.6 

(2.9)

318.7 

4,070.3

4,021.8

(869.3)

(484.2)

3,201.0

3,537.6

–

–

–

708.0

8,800.1

(2,200.0)

(3,553.5)

(1,492.0)

5,246.6

(487.5)
4,759.1

Geographical information – secondary reporting segments

The Group operates in four principal countries being Australia (country of domicile), USA, Canada and Turkey.

In presenting information on the basis of geographical information, revenue is based on the geographical location of the entity 
making the sale. Assets are based on the geographical location of the assets.

30 September 2018

Australia
$mill

USA
$mill

Canada
$mill

Turkey
$mill

Other/Elim
$mill

Consolidated
$mill

Revenue from external customers

 2,322.0 

 1,249.6 

 189.1 

 66.5 

 29.1 

 3,856.3 

Non-current assets other than financial 
assets and deferred tax assets

 3,310.6 

 3,902.6 

Trade and other receivables

 157.3 

 75.8 

30 September 2017

Australia
$mill

USA
$mill

 57.0 

 30.3 

Canada
$mill

Revenue from external customers

 2,155.2 

 1,046.8 

 173.4 

Non-current assets other than financial 
assets and deferred tax assets

 3,513.5 

 3,634.9 

Trade and other receivables

 171.3 

 71.5 

 55.5 

 40.8 

 1.3 

 15.9 

Turkey
$mill

 61.6 

 1.4 

 16.9 

 164.4 

 7,435.9 

 44.8 

 324.1 

Other/Elim
$mill

Consolidated
$mill

36.4

 3,473.4 

 123.2 

 42.3 

 7,328.5 

 342.8 

54

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

2. Revenue and expenses

Revenue

External sales

Total revenue

Financial income

Interest income

Other income

Notes

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

3,856.3 

3,473.4

3,856.3 

3,473.4

Individually material items

Profit includes the following benefits/(expenses) whose 
disclosure is relevant in explaining the financial performance 
of the Group:

5.5

5.3

Tax restatement(1)
Impairment of goodwill(2)

September 2018

Gross 
$mill

–

(236.0)

(236.0)

Tax  
$mill

96.5
–

96.5

Net 
$mill

96.5
(236.0)

(139.5)

Income from delay damages

–

Royalty income and management fees

(13)

29.4 

Net gain on sale of property, plant  
and equipment 

Other income from operations

2.4

6.7 

47.2

23.2

19.8

6.8

(1)   On 22 December 2017, the US government enacted tax reform legislation 

which reduced the US federal tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective 1 January 
2018. As a result, the Group recognised a one-off benefit of $96.5m arising 
from the restatement of its US net deferred tax liabilities.

(2)   Impairment of goodwill relating to the DNAP CGU as set out in note 11.

Total financial and other income

44.0

102.3

Key accounting policies

Expenses

Profit before income tax includes the following specific expenses:

Depreciation and amortisation

depreciation

amortisation

Total depreciation and amortisation

Recoverable amount write-down

property, plant and equipment

intangible assets

Total recoverable amount write-down

Amounts set aside to provide for:

impairment losses on trade and  
other receivables

inventory losses and obsolescence

employee entitlements

environmental liabilities

legal and other provisions

Notes

(9)

(10)

(9)

(10)

(4)

(4)

(15)

(15)

(15)

restructuring and rationalisation costs (15)

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

271.5 

249.6

22.8 

23.7

294.3 

273.3

4.0

236.6 

240.6 

4.9 

3.2 

6.4 

3.5 

1.8 

0.4

4.7

–

4.7

5.6

1.1

0.6

0.4

2.4

0.4

Research and development expense

12.6 

11.9

Defined contribution superannuation 
expense

Defined benefit superannuation 
expense

31.0 

28.1

(19)

3.1

4.6

Financial expenses

Unwinding of discount on provisions

(15)

4.4 

Net interest expense on defined  
benefit obligation

(19)

Interest expenses on financial liabilities

Total financial expenses

1.2

127.9 

133.5 

4.9

2.9

106.2

114.0

Revenue
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable by the Group. Amounts disclosed as 
revenue are net of returns, trade allowances and amounts 
collected on behalf of third parties. Revenue is recognised 
for the major business activities as follows:

Sale of goods: revenue from the sale of goods is recognised 
when the risks and rewards of ownership have been 
transferred to the buyer and where the costs incurred or to 
be incurred can be measured reliably.

Take-or-pay revenue: revenue is recognised in line with the 
sale of goods policy. In circumstances where goods are not 
taken by the customer, revenue is recognised when the 
likelihood of the customer meeting its obligation to ‘take 
goods’ becomes remote.

Services: revenue is recognised once the service is delivered. 
The fee for the service component is recognised separately 
from the sale of goods.

Interest income is recognised as it accrues using the 
effective interest method.

Issued Accounting Standards not early adopted
AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers establishes 
principles for reporting the nature, amount, timing and 
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an 
entity’s contracts with customers. The standard requires the 
identification of distinct performance obligations in a contract 
and an allocation of the transaction price to these 
performance obligations. Per the standard, revenue should 
only be recognised when the performance obligation is 
satisfied and the control of the goods or services is 
transferred to the customer. Currently the Group recognises 
revenue from the sale of goods at the time that control is 
transferred to the customer. Services revenue is recognised 
separate from the sale of goods, when the service obligation 
is satisfied. Based on assessment of the Group’s revenue 
streams, contracts with customers and existing revenue 
recognition policies against the requirements of AASB 15, 
the impact of the new standard on the recognition and 
reporting of the Group’s revenue is not considered material. 
The first application date for the Group is the financial year 
ending 30 September 2019.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

55

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

2. Revenue and expenses (continued)
Key accounting policies (continued)

3. Taxation

Income tax expense for the year

Goods and services tax 
Revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities (other than receivables 
and payables) are recognised net of the amount of goods and 
services tax (GST). The only exception is where the amount of 
GST incurred is not recoverable from the relevant taxation 
authorities. In these circumstances, the GST is recognised as part 
of the cost of the asset or as part of the item of expenditure.

Other income 
Other income from operations represents gains that are not 
revenue. This includes royalty income and management fees 
from the Group’s joint ventures and associates, and income from 
contractual arrangements that are not considered external sales.

Current tax expense
Current year
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Deferred tax expense
Current year
Adjustments in respect of prior years 

Income tax expense (excluding IMIs)

Tax rate change

Total income tax (benefit)/expense

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

59.6
(2.8)

56.8

21.6
–

78.4

(96.5)

(18.1)

26.3
2.9

29.2

41.9
(0.2)

70.9

–

70.9

Income tax reconciliation to prima facie tax payable

Profit before income tax

Tax at the Australian tax rate  
of 30% (2017: 30%)

Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible/
(taxable) in calculating taxable income:

Other foreign deductions

Joint venture income

Sundry items

Tax rate change

Goodwill impairment

Difference in overseas tax rates
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Income tax (benefit)/expense  
attributable to profit

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

192.7

392.5

57.8

117.8

(32.2)

(30.1)

(13.0)

(12.0)

9.5

(7.9)

(96.5)

70.8

(11.7)
(2.8)

–

–

0.4
2.7

(18.1)

70.9

Tax amounts recognised directly in equity
The aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the financial 
year and not recognised in net profit or loss but directly charged 
to equity is $36.5m for the year ended 30 September 2018  
(2017: debit of $13.4m). 

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
Deferred tax balances comprise temporary differences 
attributable to the following:   

Employee entitlements provision
Retirement benefit obligations
Provisions and accruals
Tax losses
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Joint venture income
Derivatives
Other
Net deferred tax liabilities

Presented in the Statement of  
Financial Position as follows:
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

16.1
8.9
43.2
90.3
(442.1)
(99.4)
(9.0)
(69.2)
(4.7)
(465.9)

15.4
13.4
44.4
68.7
(460.2)
(134.5)
(13.0)
(40.7)
19.0
(487.5)

17.0
(482.9)
(465.9)

21.6
(509.1)
(487.5)

56

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

Key estimates and judgments

Uncertain tax matters
The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and 
foreign jurisdictions and as a result the calculation of the 
Group’s tax charge involves a degree of estimation and 
judgment in respect of certain items. In addition, there are 
transactions and calculations relating to the ordinary 
course of business for which the ultimate tax 
determination is uncertain. The Group recognises liabilities 
for potential tax audit issues based on management’s 
assessment of whether additional taxes may be payable. 
Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different 
from the amounts that were initially recorded, these 
differences impact the current and deferred tax provisions 
in the period in which such determination is made. 

3. Taxation (continued)
Movements in net deferred tax liabilities
The table below sets out movements in net deferred tax 
balances for the period ended 30 September:

Opening balance at 1 October

Debited to the profit or loss

Charged to equity

Foreign exchange movements

Tax rate change

Adjustments in respect of prior years

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

(487.5)

(439.7)

(21.6)

(41.9)

(36.5)

(13.4)

(16.8)

96.5

–

7.3

–

0.2

Closing balance at 30 September

(465.9)

(487.5)

Key accounting policies
Income tax expense
Income tax expense comprises current tax (amounts payable or 
receivable within 12 months) and deferred tax (amounts payable 
or receivable after 12 months). Tax expense is recognised in the 
profit or loss, unless it relates to items that have been recognised 
in equity (as part of other comprehensive income). In this 
instance, the related tax expense is also recognised in equity.

Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable 
income for the year. It is calculated using tax rates applicable 
at the reporting date, and any adjustments to tax payable in 
respect of previous years.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised for all taxable temporary differences 
and is calculated based on the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used 
for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates 
that are expected to be applied when the asset is realised or the 
liability is settled, based on the laws that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted at the reporting date. 

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it 
is probable that future taxable profits will be available 
against which the assets can be utilised. Deferred tax assets 
are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the 
extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax 
benefits will be realised.

Offsetting tax balances
Tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legal 
right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis or to 
realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Tax consolidation
For details on the Company’s tax consolidated group refer to 
note 21.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

57

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

4. Trade and other assets and liabilities

The Group’s total trade and other assets and liabilities 
consists of inventory, receivables and payables balances, net 
of provisions for any impairment losses.

The graph below shows the Group’s trade working capital 
(trade assets and liabilities) performance over a five year 
period.

30 September 2018

Inventories

Receivables

Payables

30 September 2017

Inventories

Receivables

Payables

Inventory by category:

Raw materials and stores

Work-in-progress

Finished goods

Provisions

Total inventory balance

Provision movement:

30 September 2018

Carrying amount at 1 October 2017

Provisions made during the year

Provisions written back during the year

Amounts written off against provisions

Foreign exchange rate movements

Trade 
$mill

494.9 

289.2 

Other 
$mill

–

34.9 

Total 
$mill

494.9 

324.1 

(835.9)

(222.7) (1,058.6)

(51.8)

(187.8)

(239.6)

Trade 
$mill

388.6 

310.7 

Other 
$mill

 – 

32.1 

Total 
$mill

388.6 

342.8 

(749.8)

(308.8)

(1,058.6)

13 month rolling average trade working capital/
Annual net revenue

Explosives (DNA, DNAP)

Fertilisers

Group

%
17.5

15.0

12.5

10.0

7.5

5.0

2.5

0

(50.5)

(276.7)

(327.2)

(2.5)

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

2018 
$mill

 101.8 

 55.2 

2017 
$mill

 88.5 

 45.7 

 348.5 

 262.8 

 (10.6)

 (8.4)

 494.9 

 388.6 

Trade  
receivables 
$mill

Inventories 
$mill

(31.6)

 (4.9)

 4.5 

 0.7 

 2.6 

(8.4)

 (3.2)

 0.5 

 0.7 

 (0.2) 

Key accounting policies

Cents
25

Inventories

Earnings per share (before individually material items)
Earnings per share (including individually material items)
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. The cost of manufactured goods is based on a 
weighted average costing method. For third party sourced 
goods, cost is net cost into store. 

20

15

Trade and other receivables

10

5

0

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair 
value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. 
Subsequent to initial measurement they are measured at 
amortised cost less any provisions for expected impairment 
losses or actual impairment losses. Credit losses and 
recoveries of items previously written off are recognised in 
the profit or loss.

2015

2017

2016

2014

2018

AUDm
1200

Where substantially all risks and rewards relating to a 
receivable are transferred to a third party, the receivable is 
Drawn funds
derecognised.

Available limits

Carrying amount at 30 September 2018

 (28.7)

 (10.6)

Receivables ageing and provision for impairment

1000

Trade and other payables

800

Trade and other payables are stated at cost and represent 
liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior 
to the end of financial year, which are unpaid at the 
reporting date.

600

400

Bond 
AUD200m

144A/reg S
USD800m

200
Key estimates and judgments
0
The expected impairment loss calculation for trade 
Bank facility
receivables considers the impact of past events, and 
AUD260m
exercises judgment over the impact of current and future 
Maturity
Date
economic conditions when considering the recoverability 
of outstanding trade receivable balances at the reporting 
date. Subsequent changes in economic and market 
conditions may result in the provision for impairment 
losses increasing or decreasing in future periods.

Bank facility
USD500m

Bank facility
USD220m

Reg S
USD400m

Aug 21

Aug 21

Aug 27

Dec 19

Feb 19

Oct 21

Included in the following table is an age analysis of the 
Group’s trade receivables, along with impairment provisions 
against these balances at 30 September:

30 September 2018

Current

30–90 days

Over 90 days

Total

30 September 2017

Current

30–90 days

Over 90 days

Total

Gross 
$mill

Impairment 
$mill

Net 
$mill

283.6 

5.2 

29.1 

317.9 

(1.6)

(0.9)

(26.2)

282.0 

4.3 

2.9 

(28.7)

289.2 

Gross 
$mill

Impairment 
$mill

Net 
$mill

295.2

13.9

33.2

342.3

(1.0)

(0.8)

(29.8)

(31.6)

294.2

13.1

3.4

310.7

58

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Shareholder returns 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

5. Earnings per share

6. Dividends

2018 
Cents per share

2017 
  Cents per share

Dividends paid or declared by the Company in the year 
ended 30 September were:

Basic earnings per share

including individually  
material items

excluding individually  
material items

Diluted earnings per share

including individually  
material items

excluding individually  
material items

 12.5 

 20.9 

 12.5 

 20.8 

18.9

18.9

18.8

18.8

Ordinary shares

Final dividend of 4.6 cents per share,  
unfranked, paid 13 December 2016

Interim dividend of 4.5 cents per share,  
unfranked, paid 3 July 2017

Final dividend of 4.9 cents per share, 
unfranked, paid 19 December 2017

Number

Number

Interim dividend of 4.5 cents per share, 
unfranked, paid 2 July 2018

2018 
$000

2017 
$000

–

–

77,610

75,923

82,671

74,749

–

–

Weighted average number of 
ordinary shares used in the 
calculation of basic earnings  
per share

Weighted average number of 
ordinary shares used in the 
calculation of diluted earnings  
per share

 1,664,616,914 

1,687,170,521

 1,667,794,091 

1,691,087,236

Reconciliation of earnings used in the calculation 
of basic and diluted earnings per share 
Fertilisers

Explosives (DNA, DNAP)

Group

%
17.5

15.0

12.5

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

10.0

Individually material items after income tax

7.5

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders 
excluding individually material items

5.0

2.5

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

 207.9 

318.7

 139.5 

–

347.4 

318.7

0

The graph below shows the Group’s earnings per share and 
dividend payout over the last five years.

(2.5)

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

Company performance and dividends declared

Earnings per share (before individually material items)
Earnings per share (including individually material items)
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Available limits

Drawn funds

Cents
25

20

15

10

5

0

AUDm
1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Maturity

Date

Bond 

144A/reg S

Bank facility

Bank facility

Bank facility

Reg S

AUD200m

USD800m

AUD260m

USD220m

USD500m

USD400m

Feb 19

Dec 19

Aug 21

Aug 21

Oct 21

Aug 27

Total ordinary share dividends

157,420

153,533

Since the end of the financial year, the directors have 
determined to pay a final dividend of 6.2 cents per share,  
20 percent franked, to be paid on 17 December 2018. The 
total dividend payment based on the issued ordinary shares 
as at 30 September 2018 will be $101.1m.

The financial effect of this dividend has not been recognised 
in the 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consistent with recent years, the dividend reflects a payout 
ratio of approximately 50 percent of net profit after tax 
(before individually material items).

Franking credits

Franking credits available to shareholders of the Company 
were $9.5m (2017: $0.4m). The final dividend for 2018  
is 20 percent franked.

Key accounting policies

A provision for dividends payable is recognised in the 
reporting period in which the dividends are paid. The 
provision is for the total undistributed dividend amount, 
regardless of the extent to which the dividend will be paid  
in cash. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

59

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital structure 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

Self-insurance

The Group also self-insures for certain insurance risks under 
the Singapore Insurance Act. Under this Act, authorised 
general insurer, Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited (the Group’s 
self-insurance company), is required to maintain a minimum 
amount of capital. For the financial year ended 30 
September 2018, Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited maintained 
capital in excess of the minimum requirements prescribed 
under this Act.

Issued capital

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares issued are classified as equity and are fully 
paid, have no par value and carry one vote per share and 
the right to dividends. Incremental costs directly attributable 
to the issue of new shares are recognised as a deduction 
from equity, net of any related income tax benefit.

Issued capital as at 30 September 2018 amounted to  
$3,226.5m on 1,630,213,573 ordinary shares (2017: 
1,687,170,521). On 14 November 2017, the Company 
announced an on-market share buy-back of up to $300.0m 
to be conducted over a twelve month period. During the 
financial year ended 30 September 2018, the Company 
bought back and cancelled 56,956,948 shares at an average 
price per share of $3.693. On 22 October 2018, the Company 
announced the extension of its on-market share buyback for 
a further 12 months from 29 November 2018 to 28 
November 2019.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

7. Contributed equity

Capital management

Capital is defined as the amount subscribed by shareholders 
to the Company’s ordinary shares and amounts advanced by 
debt providers to any Group entity. The Group’s objectives 
when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to 
continue as a going concern while providing returns to 
shareholders and benefits to other stakeholders.

The Group’s key strategies for maintenance of an optimal 
capital structure include:

l   Aiming to maintain an investment grade credit profile 

and the requisite financial metrics. 

l   Securing access to diversified sources of debt funding 

with a spread of maturity dates and sufficient undrawn 
committed facility capacity.

l   Optimising over the long term, to the extent practicable, 
the Group’s Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC), 
while maintaining financial flexibility.

In order to optimise its capital structure, the Group may 
undertake one or a combination of the following actions:

l   change the amount of dividends paid to shareholders;

l   return capital or issue new shares to shareholders;

l   vary discretionary capital expenditure;

l   raise new debt funding or repay existing debt balances; 

and

l   draw down additional debt or sell non-core assets to 

reduce debt.

Key financial metrics

The Group uses a range of financial metrics to monitor the 
efficiency of its capital structure, including EBITDA interest 
cover and Net debt/EBITDA before individually material 
items. Financial metric targets are maintained inside debt 
covenant restrictions. At 30 September the Group’s position 
in relation to these metrics was: 

Net debt/EBITDA (times)

equal or less than 2.5

Interest cover (times)

equal or more than 6.0

1.6

7.3

1.7

7.9

Target range

2018

2017

These ratios are impacted by a number of factors, including 
the level of cash retained from operating cash flows 
generated by the Group after paying all of its commitments 
(including dividends or other returns of capital), movements 
in foreign exchange rates, changes to market interest rates 
and the fair value of hedges economically hedging the 
Group’s net debt.

60

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital structure 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

8. Net debt

The Group’s net debt comprises the net of interest bearing 
liabilities, cash and cash equivalents, and the fair value of 
derivative instruments economically hedging the foreign 
exchange rate and interest rate exposures of the Group’s 
interest bearing liabilities at the reporting date. The Group’s 
net debt at 30 September is analysed as follows: 

Interest bearing liabilities
Cash and cash equivalents
Fair value of derivatives

Net debt

Notes

(16)

2018 
$mill
2,374.8
(588.5)
(414.7)

2017 
$mill
2,224.1 
(627.9)
(304.3)

1,371.6

1,291.9 

At 30 September 2018, the Group’s Net debt/EBITDA before 
individually material items was 1.6 times (2017: 1.7 times). 
Refer note 7 for detail on the key financial metrics related to 
the Group’s capital structure.

Interest bearing liabilities

The Group’s interest bearing liabilities are unsecured and 
expose it to various market and liquidity risks. Details of 
these risks and their mitigation are included in note 16.

The following table details the interest bearing liabilities of 
the Group at 30 September: 

Current
Other loans
Loans from joint ventures
Fixed interest rate bonds

Non-current
Other loans
Bank facilities
Fixed interest rate bonds

Total interest bearing liabilities

2018 
$mill

1.3
11.8
199.8

212.9

2017 
$mill

1.3
10.8
–

12.1 

4.5
499.6
1,657.8

5.4 
472.4 
1,734.2 

2,161.9

2,212.0 

2,374.8

2,224.1 

Fixed interest rate bonds

The Group has on issue the following fixed interest rate 
bonds:

l   USD800m 10 year bonds on issue in the US 144A/

Regulation S debt capital market. The bonds have a fixed 
rate semi-annual coupon of 6 percent and mature in 
December 2019.

l   AUD200m 5.5 year bonds on issue in the Australian debt 
capital market. The bonds have a fixed rate semi-annual 
coupon of 5.75 percent and mature in February 2019.

l   USD400m 10 year bonds on issue in the Regulation S 
debt capital market. The bonds have a fixed rate semi-
annual coupon of 3.95 percent and mature in August 
2027.

Bank facilities

The Group holds the following bank facilities:

l   3 year facility domiciled in Australia, entered into in 

August 2018, consisting of two tranches: Tranche A has a 
limit of AUD260m and Tranche B has a limit of USD220m. 
The facility matures in August 2021; and

l   5 year facility of USD500m domiciled in the USA,  

entered into in August 2015, with an initial maturity of 
August 2020. In 2017 the maturity was extended to 
October 2021.

Tenor of interest bearing liabilities

The Group’s average tenor of its interest bearing liabilities at 
30 September 2018 is 3.3 years (2017: 3.6 years).

The table below includes detail on the movements in the Group’s interest bearing liabilities for the year ended 30 September 2018: 

Cash flow

Financing 
activities

1 October  
2017 
$mill

Proceeds/
(Repayments) 
$mill

Reclassification 
$mill

Non-cash changes

Foreign 
exchange 
movement 
$mill

Fair value 
adjustment 
$mill

Funding costs 
amortisation 
$mill

30 September 
2018 
$mill

Notes

(13)

Current

Other loans
Loans from joint ventures
Bank facilities
Fixed interest rate bonds

Non-current
Other loans
Bank facilities

Fixed interest rate bonds

Total liabilities from financing activities

Derivatives held to hedge interest 
bearing liabilities

 1.3 
 10.8 
–
–

 5.4 

 472.4 

 1,734.2 

 2,224.1 

 (1.3)
–

 (503.0)

–

–

 501.4 

–

 (2.9)

Debt after hedging

 1,919.8 

 (2.9)

(16)

 (304.3)

–

 1.3 
–

 474.9 

 200.0 

 (1.3)

 (474.9)

 (200.0)

–

–

–

–
 1.0 

27.6

–

 0.4 

–

–
–

–

 (0.5)

–

–

 134.8 

 (13.3)

 163.8 

 (13.8)

 (118.0)

 45.8 

 7.6 

 (6.2)

–
–

 0.5 

 0.3

–

 0.7 

 2.1 

 3.6 

–

 3.6 

 1.3 
 11.8 

–

 199.8 

 4.5 

 499.6 

 1,657.8 

 2,374.8 

 (414.7)

 1,960.1 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

61

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

%
17.5

15.0

Explosives (DNA, DNAP)

Fertilisers

Group

12.5

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital structure 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

10.0

7.5

5.0

8. Net debt (continued)

2.5

0

(2.5)

Interest bearing liabilities (continued)
FY15

FY14

FY17

FY16

Interest rate profile

FY18

The table below summarises the Group’s interest rate  
profile of its interest bearing liabilities, net of hedging,  
at 30 September:

Earnings per share (before individually material items)
Earnings per share (including individually material items)
2018 
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year
$mill

Cents
25

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 30 September 2018 were 
$588.5m (2017: $627.9m) and consisted of cash at bank of 
$126.8m (2017: $245.8m) and short term investments of 
$461.7m (2017: $382.1m).

2017 
$mill

Key accounting policies

Interest bearing liabilities

Interest bearing liabilities are initially recognised at fair value 
less any directly attributable borrowing costs. Subsequent to 
initial recognition, interest bearing liabilities are measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method, with any 
difference between cost and redemption value recognised in 
the profit or loss over the period of the borrowings.

The Group derecognises interest bearing liabilities when its 
obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Any gains and 
losses arising on derecognition are recognised in the profit or 
loss.

Interest bearing liabilities are classified as current  
liabilities, except for those liabilities where the Group  
has an unconditional right to defer settlement for at  
least 12 months after the year end, which are classified  
as non-current.

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash includes cash at bank, cash on hand and short term 
investments, net of bank overdrafts.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs include interest on borrowings and the 
amortisation of premiums relating to borrowings.

Borrowing costs are expensed as incurred, unless they relate 
to qualifying assets (refer note 9). In this instance, the 
borrowing costs are capitalised and depreciated over the 
asset’s expected useful life.

Fixed interest rate financial instruments

20

1,931.8

1,984.3

Variable interest rate financial instruments

15

443.0

239.8

2,374.8

2,224.1

10

Detail on the Group’s interest hedging profile and duration is 
included in note 16.

5

0

Funding profile
2014

The graph below details the Group’s available funding limits, 
its maturity dates and drawn funds at 30 September 2018:

2016

2017

2018

2015

Available limits

Drawn funds

AUDm
1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Bond 
AUD200m

144A/reg S
USD800m

Bank facility
AUD260m

Bank facility
USD220m

Bank facility
USD500m

Reg S
USD400m

Maturity
Date

Feb 19

Dec 19

Aug 21

Aug 21

Oct 21

Aug 27

The Group has undrawn financing facilities of $756.0m 
(2017: $798.4m) at 30 September 2018.

62

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

9. Property, plant and equipment

Freehold land 
and buildings 
$mill

Notes

At 1 October 2016

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2017

Opening net book amount
Additions
Subsidiaries acquired
Disposals
Depreciation
Impairment of assets
Reclassification from work in progress
Foreign exchange movement

Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2017

Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2018

Opening net book amount
Additions
Subsidiaries acquired
Disposals
Depreciation
Impairment of assets
Reclassification from work in progress

Foreign exchange movement

Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2018

Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

(2)
(2)

(2)
(2)

Machinery, 
plant and 
equipment 
$mill

3,489.2 

(1,374.3)

2,114.9 

2,114.9 
54.3 
3.8 
(7.5)
(221.4)
(4.7)
1,202.9 
(40.1)

3,102.2 

Work in 
progress 
$mill

1,236.7 

–

1,236.7 

1,236.7 
212.3 
– 
–
–
–

(1,334.7)
(1.6) 

112.7 

Total 
$mill

5,522.0 

(1,629.3)

3,892.7 

3,892.7 
283.8 
4.5 
(23.4)
(249.6)
(4.7)
–
(48.5)

3,854.8 

796.1 

(255.0)

541.1 

541.1 
17.2 
0.7 
(15.9)
(28.2)
–
131.8 
(6.8)

639.9 

910.5 
(270.6)

639.9 

4,608.4 
(1,506.2)

3,102.2 

112.7 
–

112.7 

5,631.6 
(1,776.8)

3,854.8 

639.9
6.0 
1.9 
–
(27.4)
–
28.1 

20.6 

669.1 

3,102.2
13.7 
3.1 
(3.8)
(244.1)
(4.0)
224.9 

134.4 

3,226.4 

112.7 
245.2 
–
–
–
–

(253.0)

3.9 

108.8 

3,854.8
264.9 
5.0 
(3.8)
(271.5)
(4.0)
–

158.9 

4,004.3 

969.2 
(300.1)

669.1 

4,934.2 
(1,707.8)

3,226.4 

108.8 
–

108.8 

6,012.2 
(2,007.9)

4,004.3 

Key accounting policies

Property, plant and equipment is measured at cost, less 
accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. 
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount 
or recognised as a separate asset, only when it is probable that 
future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to 
the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. 

Borrowing costs in relation to the funding of qualifying assets 
are capitalised and included in the cost of the asset. Qualifying 
assets are assets that take more than 12 months to get ready 
for their intended use or sale. Where funds are borrowed 
generally, a weighted average interest rate is used for the 
capitalisation of interest. 

Property, plant and equipment is subject to impairment 
testing. For details of impairment of assets, refer note 11.

Depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, other than freehold land, is 
depreciated on a straight-line basis. Freehold land is not 
depreciated. Depreciation rates are calculated to spread the 
cost of the asset (less any residual value), over its estimated 
useful life. Residual value is the estimated value of the asset 
at the end of its useful life. 

Estimated useful lives for each class of asset are as follows:

•  Buildings and improvements 
•  Machinery, plant and equipment  

20  – 50 years
3  – 50 years

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted 
where relevant when changes in circumstances impact the 
use of the asset.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

63

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

10. Intangibles

At 1 October 2016
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2017
Opening net book amount
Additions
Subsidiaries acquired
Amortisation 
Foreign exchange movement
Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2017
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2018
Opening net book amount
Additions
Subsidiaries acquired
Impairment of assets
Amortisation 
Foreign exchange movement
Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2018
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Notes

Software 
$mill

Goodwill 
$mill

Patents, trademarks  
& customer contracts 
$mill

Brand names 
$mill

Total 
$mill

(2)

(2)
(2)

96.5 
(80.8)
15.7 

15.7 
9.3 
–
(5.9)
(0.7)
18.4 

102.7 
(84.3)
18.4 

18.4
32.0
–
(0.6)
(4.2)
0.9
46.5

136.5 
(90.0)
46.5

2,770.2
–

2,770.2 

2,770.2 

–
1.5 
–
(40.0)
2,731.7 

2,731.7 

–

2,731.7 

2,731.7
–
0.1 
(236.0)

–
122.6 
2,618.4 

2,618.4 

–

2,618.4 

276.6 
(167.0)
109.6 

109.6 
–
1.1 
(17.8)
(2.0)
90.9 

271.9 
(181.0)
90.9 

90.9
–
2.2 
–
(18.6)
5.9 
80.4 

292.3 
(211.9)
80.4 

287.0 
–
287.0 

287.0 
–
–
–
(7.0)
280.0 

280.0 
–
280.0 

280.0
–
–
–
–
21.3 
301.3 

301.3 
–
301.3 

3,430.3
(247.8)
3,182.5 

3,182.5
9.3 
2.6 
(23.7)
(49.7)
3,121.0 

3,386.3 
(265.3)
3,121.0 

3,121.0
32.0 
2.3 
(236.6)
(22.8)
150.7 
3,046.6 

3,348.5 
(301.9)
3,046.6 

Allocation of indefinite life intangible assets
The Group’s indefinite life intangible assets are allocated to 
groups of cash generating units (CGUs) as follows: 

30 September 2018

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF) 
Southern Cross International (SCI) 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP) 
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA) 

30 September 2017

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF) 
Southern Cross International (SCI) 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP) 
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA) 

Goodwill 
$mill

Brand names 
$mill

Total 
$mill

 183.8 
 2.5 
 908.5 
 1,523.6 
 2,618.4 

–
–
 40.3 
 261.0 
 301.3 

Goodwill 
$mill

Brand names 
$mill

 183.8 
 2.4 
 1,144.5 
 1,401.0 
 2,731.7 

–
–
 40.3 
 239.7 
 280.0 

 183.8 
 2.5 
 948.8 
 1,784.6 
 2,919.7 

Total 
$mill

 183.8 
 2.4 
 1,184.8 
 1,640.7 
 3,011.7 

Key accounting policies
Goodwill
Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is measured at cost 
less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is tested 
for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or 
circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. 

Brand names 
Brand names acquired by the Group have indefinite useful 
lives and are measured at cost less accumulated impairment. 
They are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if 
events or circumstances indicate that they might be impaired.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets acquired by the Group have finite lives. 
They are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure on intangible assets is capitalised 
only when it increases the future economic benefits of the 
asset to which it relates. All other such expenditure is 
expensed as incurred.

Amortisation
Goodwill and brand names are not amortised.

For intangible assets with finite lives, amortisation is 
recognised in the profit or loss on a straight-line basis over 
their estimated useful life. The estimated useful lives of 
intangible assets in this category are as follows:

•  Software 
•  Product trademarks 
•  Patents 
•  Customer contracts 

3  –   7  years
4  –  10  years
13  –  15  years
10  –  17  years

Useful lives are reviewed at each reporting date and  
adjusted where relevant.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

64

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

11. Impairment of goodwill and  

non-current assets 

During 2018, the Group has identified the following indicators 
of impairment:
•  Availability of committed sources of natural gas at 

economically viable prices in Australia; and

•  Decline of explosives product and services margins in 

Australia.

Impairment testing of goodwill

At the half year, the recoverable amount of the DNAP CGU 
was lower than its carrying amount. This was as a result of 
the impact of IPL ceasing to be the contracted supplier of 
explosive products to key customers in Western Australia; the 
general forecast decline in product and services margins; and 
the long term gas production cost forecast. 

As a result, the Group recognised an impairment of $236.0m 
at 31 March 2018 against goodwill relating to the DNAP CGU.

The Group’s impairment testing at 30 September 2018 
resulted in no further impairment of any CGU.

Key assumptions

Details of the key assumptions used in the recoverable 
amount calculations at 30 September are set out below: 

Key  
assumptions

1 – 5 years

Terminal value  
(after 5 years)

DAP(1)
Urea(2)
Gas (DNA CGU)(3)
Ammonia(4) 
AUD:USD(5)

Gas (DNAP CGU)(6)

2018
US$
380 to 463
260 to 343
3.00 to 3.45
300 to 389
0.75 to 0.76

AU$
4.49 to 4.91

2017
US$
321 to 410
230 to 320
3.11 to 3.15
250 to 372
0.76 to 0.77

AU$
4.41 to 4.75

2018
US$
523
366
3.43
406
0.75

AU$
6.70

2017
US$
474
322
3.22
422
0.76

AU$
5.30

(1)  Di-Ammonium Phosphate price (FOB Tampa – USD per tonne).
(2)  Granular Urea price (FOB Middle East – USD per tonne).
(3)  Henry Hub natural gas price (USD per mmbtu).
(4)  Ammonia price (CFR Tampa – USD per tonne).
(5)  AUD:USD exchange rate.
(6)  Long term gas production cost forecast, relating to DNAP’s Moranbah plant 

(AUD per gigajoule).

Fertiliser prices, foreign exchange rates and natural gas 
prices are estimated by reference to external market 
publications and market analyst estimates, and are updated 
at each reporting date.

Discount and growth rates
The post-tax discount rate used in the calculations is 9% 
(2017: 9%) for the IPF and SCI CGUs and 8.5% for the DNA 
and DNAP CGUs (2017: 8.5%). The rate reflects the underlying 
cost of capital adjusted for market and asset specific risks.
In relation to the DNAP CGU, the short to medium term 
growth rate assumption is -3.4% (2017: +1.2%)

The terminal value growth rate represents the forecast 
consumer price index (CPI) of 2.5% (2017: 2.5%) for all CGUs. 

Sensitivity analyses

Included in the table below is a sensitivity analysis of the 
recoverable amounts and, where applicable, the impairment 
charge considering reasonable change scenarios relating to 
key assumptions at 30 September 2018: 

Post-tax  
discount  
rate

Short to 
medium 
term average 
growth rate

Terminal 
value  
growth  
rate

+0.5%

$mill

-1.0%

$mill

-1.0%

$mill

(179.8)

(134.0)

(273.9)

Natural gas 
price

+AU$1 per 
gigajoule

$mill

(47.9)

DNAP
– Fair value less cost 

of disposal

– Impairment charge

(146.9)

(101.1)

(241.0)

(15.0)

DNA
– Value-in-use
– Impairment charge

Post-tax  
discount  
rate

+0.5%

$mill

Ammonia 
price

-US$50 
per tonne

$mill

Terminal 
value  
growth rate

-1.0%

$mill

Natural gas 
price

+US$1 per 
mmbtu

$mill

(247.8)

(384.7)

(353.3)

(364.4)

–

Post-tax  
discount  
rate

–
AUD:USD  
exchange  
rate

Terminal 
value  
growth rate

–

–

DAP  
Price
-US$50 
per tonne

$mill
(576.9)
(190.2)

SCI
– Value-in-use
– Impairment charge

+0.5%

$mill
(53.6)
–

+5c

$mill
(335.3)
–

-1.0%

$mill
(75.1)
–

Each of the sensitivities above assumes that a specific 
assumption moves in isolation, while all other assumptions 
are held constant. A change in one of the aforementioned 
assumptions could be accompanied by a change in another 
assumption, which may increase or decrease the net impact.
Impairment of other property, plant and equipment
During the year ended 30 September 2018 property, plant and 
equipment was impaired by $4.0m (2017: $4.7m) as a result 
of the Group’s fixed asset verification procedures and the 
abandonment of certain assets.
As at 31 March 2016, the Group recognised a non-cash 
impairment charge of $150.8m against the Gibson Island 
assets largely due to the impact of lower forecast fertiliser 
prices and higher cost of natural gas delivered to the 
Australian East Coast.
On 25 June 2018, the Group announced that it had entered 
into a joint operation with Central Petroleum Limited for the 
development of acreage in Queensland that could deliver 
economic gas to the Gibson Island manufacturing facility.  
Any potential reversal of the previous impairment will be 
dependent on the outcome of the drilling activities and other 
economic factors at the time. In the event that Gibson Island’s 
manufacturing operations were to cease, the latest estimate 
of closure costs is approximately $70m. Proceeds from the 
sale of excess land at Gibson Island, that could be available  
for sale in the event of a plant closure, are estimated at 
approximately $60m depending on the ongoing operational 
requirements at the site. It is noted that the timing of cash 
flows from closing costs and proceeds from the sale of land 
may differ depending on market conditions.
Key accounting policies
Impairment testing
The Group performs annual impairment testing as at 30 
September for intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. 
More frequent reviews are performed for indicators of 
impairment of all the Group’s assets, including operating 
assets. The identification of impairment indicators involves 
management judgement. Where an indicator of impairment is 
identified, a formal impairment assessment is performed.
The Group’s annual impairment testing determines whether 
the recoverable amount of a CGU or group of CGUs, to which 
goodwill and/or indefinite life intangible assets are allocated, 
exceeds its carrying amount.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

65

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

11. Impairment of goodwill and  
non-current assets (continued)

Key accounting policies (continued)
A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that 
generate cash flows largely independent of cashflows of other 
groups of assets. Goodwill and other indefinite life intangible 
assets are allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs which are no 
larger than one of the Group’s reportable segments.
Determining the recoverable amount
The recoverable amount of an asset is determined as the 
higher of its fair value less cost of disposal and its value-in-
use. Value-in-use is a term that means an asset’s value based 
on the expected future cash flows arising from its continued 
use in its current condition, discounted to present value. For 
discounting purposes, a post-tax rate is used that reflects 
current market assessments of the risks specific to the asset.
Impairment testing is performed using five year discounted 
cash flow models based on Board approved forecasts. Cash 
flows beyond the five year period are extrapolated using a 
terminal value growth rate.
The Group has prepared value-in-use models for all CGUs, with 
the exception of the DNAP CGU. For the DNAP CGU, the Group 
prepared a fair value less cost of disposal model to determine 
the recoverable amount. The fair value less cost of disposal 
was determined as the present value of the estimated future 
cash flows expected to arise from the continued use of the 
assets, including the cash flow effects of growth capital 
expenditure to enhance production and reduce cost, less costs 
of disposal. The fair value measurement is categorised as a 
level 3 valuation model as the expected future cash flows 
incorporate inputs that are not based on observable market 
data (refer note 16: Financial risk management for 
explanation of the valuation hierarchy). 
Impairment losses
An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying 
amount of an asset (or its CGU) exceeds its recoverable 
amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the profit or loss. 
Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated 
against assets in the following order:
•  Firstly, against the carrying amount of any goodwill 

allocated to the CGU. 

•  Secondly, against the carrying amount of any remaining 

assets in the CGU.   

An impairment loss recognised in a prior period for an asset 
other than goodwill (or its CGU) may be reversed only if 
there has been a change in the estimates used to determine 
the recoverable amount of the asset (or its CGU) since the 
last impairment loss was recognised. When this is the case, 
the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its 
recoverable amount.

Key estimates and judgments
The Group is required to make significant estimates and 
judgments in determining whether the carrying amount of 
its assets and/or CGUs has any indication of impairment, 
in particular in relation to:
•  key assumptions used in forecasting future cash flows;
•  discount rates applied to those cash flows; and
• 
Such estimates and judgments are subject to change as a 
result of changing economic, operational, environmental 
and weather conditions. Actual cash flows may therefore 
differ from forecasts and could result in changes in the 
recognition of impairment charges in future periods.

the expected long term growth in cash flows.

66

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

12. Commitments

Capital expenditure commitments

Capital expenditure contracted but not provided for or 
payable at 30 September:

no later than one year

later than one, no later than five years

2018 
$mill

84.2 

–

84.2 

2017 
$mill

25.2

–

25.2

Lease commitments

Non-cancellable operating lease commitments comprise a 
number of operating lease arrangements for the provision of 
certain property and equipment. These leases have varying 
durations and expiry dates. The future minimum rental 
commitments are as follows at 30 September: 

no later than one year

later than one, no later than five years

later than five years

2018 
$mill

40.9 

99.6 

101.0 

241.5 

2017 
$mill

44.8

85.5

77.8

208.1

Key accounting policies

Leases are accounted for as either finance leases or 
operating leases. 

Finance leases
Under the terms of a finance lease, the Group assumes most 
of the risks and benefits associated with ownership of the 
leased asset.

Assets subject to finance leases are measured at the present 
value of the minimum lease payments. The leased asset is 
amortised on a straight-line basis over the period that 
benefits are expected to flow from its use. A corresponding 
liability is established for the lease payments. Each lease 
payment is allocated between finance charges and reduction 
of the liability.

Operating leases
Under the terms of an operating lease, the Group does not 
assume the risks and benefits associated with ownership of 
the leased asset. Payments made under operating leases are 
shown as lease payments in the Consolidated Statement of 
Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income.

Issued standards not early adopted
AASB 16: Leases specifies how to recognise, measure and 
disclose leases. At the reporting date the Group has non-
cancellable operating lease commitments of $241.5m. Under 
AASB 16, the present value of these commitments would be 
shown as a liability on the balance sheet together with an asset 
representing the right-of-use. The Group does not currently 
intend to bring short term leases (12 months or less) or low 
value leases on balance sheet. The first application date for the 
Group is the financial year ending 30 September 2020. Some of 
the operating leases currently held expire prior to the 
implementation of the standard and decisions on future leases 
will be made as the Group moves closer to the expiry date of 
these leases.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

12. Commitments (continued)

13.  Equity accounted investments

Key accounting policies (continued)

As such the Group has not finalised its quantification of the 
effect of the new standard. However, the following impacts are 
expected:

• 

The total assets and total liabilities on the balance sheet will 
increase. However total net assets are expected to decrease 
as the right-of-use asset is depreciated on a straight-line 
basis whilst the liability reduces by the principal amount of 
repayments after the impact of interest.

•  Operating lease expenses will be replaced by a depreciation 
charge for the right-of-use asset and interest expense on the 
lease liabilities. 

•  Repayment of the principal portion of the lease liabilities  
will be classified as financing activities in the Statement of 
Cash flows. Currently, operating lease payments are 
classified as operating activities.

To date work on the new lease standard has focused on the 
identification and understanding of the provisions of the 
standards, impact analysis and the review of system 
requirements. Work on these matters and their resolution will 
continue during 2019.

The Group has performed an analysis of the statements of 
financial position and the results of each of its joint ventures 
and associates (as listed in note 14) at 30 September 2018 
and considers them to be individually immaterial to the 
Group. As a result, no individual disclosures are included for 
the Group’s investments in joint ventures and associates.

Included in the table below is the summarised financial 
information of the Group’s joint ventures and associates at 
30 September: 

Carrying amount of joint ventures and associates

Notes

Carrying amount at 1 October

Share of net profit 

Share in joint ventures acquired  
during the year

Share in joint venture transferred to 
controlled entities

(14)

(14)

Dividends received/receivable

Foreign exchange movement

2018 
$mill

316.9

44.7 

2017 
$mill

318.0

39.9

–

5.6

(5.7)

(7.2)

(29.9)

(34.9)

10.1 

(4.5)

Carrying amount at 30 September

336.1 

316.9

Carrying amount of investments in:

Joint ventures

Associates

Carrying amount of investments in  
joint ventures and associates 

274.2 

265.2

61.9 

51.7

336.1 

316.9

Transactions between subsidiaries of the Group  
and joint ventures and associates 

Sales of goods/services

Purchase of goods/services

Management fees/royalties

Interest income

Interest expense

Dividend income

2018 
$mill

374.6 

(34.6)

29.4 

0.5

(0.4)

29.9 

2017 
$mill

335.1

(26.5)

23.2

0.5

(0.2)

34.9

Joint ventures and associates transactions represent amounts 
that do not eliminate on consolidation. 

Outstanding balances arising from transactions with joint 
ventures and associates

Amounts owing to related parties

Amounts owing from related parties

2018 
$mill

3.1 

50.0

2017 
$mill

2.1

51.1

Loans with joint ventures and associates
Loans to joint ventures and associates

Loans from joint ventures and associates

13.1 

11.8 

15.0

10.8

Outstanding balances arising from transactions with joint 
ventures and associates are on standard market terms.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

67

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

14.  Investments in subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates

The following list includes the Group’s principal operating subsidiaries and subsidiaries that are party to the Deed of Cross 
Guarantee dated 30 September 2008. Other than as noted below, there were no changes in the Group’s existing shareholdings in 
its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in the financial year. 

Subsidiaries

Name of entity

Company  
Incitec Pivot Limited(1) 

Controlled Entities – operating 
Incorporated in Australia 
Incitec Fertilizers Pty Limited(1) 
TOP Australia Pty Limited(1)  
Southern Cross Fertilisers Pty Ltd(1) 
Southern Cross International Pty Ltd(1) 
Incitec Pivot LTI Plan Company Pty Limited 
Incitec Pivot Explosives Holdings Pty Limited(1) 
Queensland Operations Pty Limited  
Incitec Pivot Investments 1 Pty Ltd(1) 
Incitec Pivot Investments 2 Pty Ltd  
Incitec Pivot US Holdings Pty Ltd 
Incitec Pivot Finance Australia Pty Ltd(1) 
Dyno Nobel Pty Limited 
Dyno Nobel Europe Pty Ltd 
Dyno Nobel Management Pty Limited 
Industrial Investments Australia Finance Pty Limited 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific Pty Limited(1) 
Dampier Nitrogen Pty Ltd 
DNX Australia Pty Ltd(1) 
Dyno Nobel Moranbah Pty Ltd(1) 
Dyno Nobel Moura Pty Limited(1) 
Incitec Pivot Queensland Gas Pty Ltd(2) 

Incorporated in USA 
Incitec Pivot US Investments 
Incitec Pivot Management LLC 
Incitec Pivot Finance LLC 
Dyno Nobel Australia LLC 
The Dyno Nobel SPS LLC 
Dyno Nobel Holdings IV LLC 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA III, Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II, Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA, Inc.  
Dyno Nobel Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Transportation Inc.  
Simsbury Hopmeadow Street LLC  
Dyno Nobel Holdings V LLC  
Tradestar Corporation 
CMMPM, LLC  
CMMPM Holdings L.P.  
Dyno Nobel Louisiana Ammonia, LLC 
Nobel Labs, LLC 
Midland Powder LLC 
Mine Equipment & Mill Supply Company 
Controlled Explosives Inc. 
Drisk Insurance Inc.(2) 
Boren Explosives Co., Inc.(3) 

Ownership 
interest

Name of entity

Ownership 
interest

Controlled Entities – operating (continued) 
Incorporated in Canada 
Dyno Nobel Canada Inc.  
Dyno Nobel Transportation Canada Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Nunavut Inc.  
Incitec Pivot Finance Canada Inc. 
Polar Explosives 2000 Inc. 
Dene Dyno Nobel (Polar) Inc.  
Dyno Nobel Waggaman Inc. 

Incorporated in Hong Kong 
Incitec Pivot Holdings (Hong Kong) Limited  
TinLinhe Nitrogen Limited  
Quantum Fertilisers Limited  

Incorporated in Singapore 
Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited 

Incorporated in Chile 
Dyno Nobel Explosivos Chile Limitada  

Incorporated in Peru 
Dyno Nobel Peru S.A. 

Incorporated in Mexico 
Dyno Nobel Mexico, S.A. de C.V.(4)  

Incorporated in Papua New Guinea 
DNX Papua New Guinea Ltd(4) 

Incorporated in Indonesia 
PT DNX Indonesia 

Incorporated in Turkey 
Nitromak DNX Kimya Sanayii A.S. 

Incorporated in Romania 
SC Romnitro Explosives Srl. 

Incorporated in Albania 
DNX Nitro Industrial Kimike Sh.p.k 

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
84% 
100%

100%
100%
65%

100%

100%

100%

99%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100% 

(1)   A party to Deed of Cross Guarantee dated 30 September 2008.
(2)   Incitec Pivot Queensland Gas Pty Ltd and Drisk Insurance Inc. were incorporated in the 2018 financial year.
(3)   The remaining 50 percent interest in Boren Explosives Co., Inc. was acquired in the 2018 financial year.
(4)  This entity has a 31 December financial year end. 

68

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

14.  Investments in subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates (continued)

Joint arrangements and associates

Name of entity

Joint ventures 
Incorporated in USA 
Alpha Dyno Nobel Inc. 
Buckley Powder Group(1) 
IRECO Midwest Inc. 
Wampum Hardware Co. 
Western Explosives Systems Company 
Warex Corporation 
Warex LLC 
Warex Transportation LLC 
Vedco Holdings, Inc. 
Virginia Explosives & Drilling Company Inc. 
Austin Sales LLC   
Virginia Drilling Company, LLC 

Incorporated in Canada 
Newfoundland Hard-Rok Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Labrador Inc. 
Quantum Explosives Inc. 
Dene Dyno Nobel Inc. 
Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc.(2) 
Dene Dyno Nobel (DWEI) Inc.(3) 
Dyno Nobel Baffin Island Inc. 

Incorporated in Australia 
Queensland Nitrates Pty Ltd 
Queensland Nitrates Management Pty Ltd 

Incorporated in South Africa 
DetNet South Africa (Pty) Ltd 
Sasol Dyno Nobel (Pty) Ltd 

Incorporated in Mexico 
DNEX Mexico, S. De R.L. de C.V. 
Explosivos De La Region Lagunera, S.A. de C.V. 
Explosivos De La Region, Central, S.A. de C.V. 
Nitro Explosivos de Ciudad Guzman, S.A. de C.V. 
Explosivos Y Servicios Para La Construccion, S.A. de C.V. 

Incorporated in Malaysia 
Tenaga Kimia Ensign-Bickford Sdn Bhd 

Ownership 
interest

Name of entity

Ownership 
interest

Associates 
Incorporated in USA 
Maine Drilling and Blasting Group 
Independent Explosives 

Incorporated in Canada 
Labrador Maskuau Ashini Ltd 
Valley Hydraulics Inc. 
Innu Namesu Ltd 

49%
49%

25%
25%
25%

Joint operation 
IPL has a 50% interest in an unincorporated joint operation with  
Central Petroleum Limited for the development of gas acreage in 
Queensland, Australia, which commenced in the 2018 financial year.

50%
51%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%

50%
50%
50%
49%
49%
49%
50%

50%
50%

50%
50%

49%
49%
49%
49%
49%

50%

(1)   Due to the contractual and decision making arrangement between the shareholders of the entities, despite the legal ownership exceeding 50 percent, this 

entity is not considered to be a subsidiary.

(2)  Due to legal requirements in the Canadian Northwest Territories, the Group cannot own more than 49 percent of shares in Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc. However, 

under the joint venture agreement, the Group is entitled to 75 percent of the profit of Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc.

(3)  Due to legal requirements in the Canadian Northwest Territories, the Group cannot own more than 49 percent of shares in Dene Dyno Nobel (DWEI) Inc. 

However, under the joint venture agreement, the Group is entitled to 95 percent of the profit of Dene Dyno Nobel (DWEI) Inc.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

69

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

15. Provisions and contingencies

Provisions at 30 September 2018 are analysed as follows:

30 September 2018

Carrying amount at 1 October 2017
Provisions made during the year
Provisions written back during the year
Payments made during the year
Interest unwind

Foreign exchange movement

Carrying amount at 30 September 2018

Current
Non-current

Employee 
entitlements
$mill

Restructuring and 
rationalisation
$mill

Environmental
$mill

Asset retirement 
obligations
$mill

Legal  
and other
$mill

Total  
provisions
$mill

51.7 
6.4 
(0.1)
(4.9)
0.9 

0.1 

54.1 

47.6 
6.5 

5.4 
0.4
(0.1)
(3.6)
–

–

2.1 

2.1
–

48.5 
3.5 
(0.7)
(5.8)
0.6 

2.1 

48.2 

19.5 
28.7 

61.6 
6.2 
(0.3)
(1.4)
2.9 

1.9 

70.9 

2.1 
68.8 

5.9 
1.8 
(1.8)
(1.8)
–

0.2 

4.3 

4.3 
–

173.1 
18.3 
(3.0)
(17.5)
4.4 

4.3 

179.6 

75.6 
104.0 

Key accounting policies

Provisions are measured at management’s estimate of the 
expenditure required to settle the obligation. This estimate is 
based on a “present value” calculation, which involves the 
application of a discount rate to the expected future cash 
flows associated with settlement. The discount rate takes 
into account factors such as risks specific to the liability and 
the time value of money.

Employee entitlements 

Provisions are made for liabilities to employees for annual 
leave, long service leave and other employee entitlements. 
Where the payment to employees is expected to take place 
in 12 months time or later, a present value calculation is 
performed. In this instance, the corporate bond rate is used 
to discount the liability to its present value.

Restructuring and rationalisation 

Provisions for restructuring or rationalisation are only 
recognised when a detailed plan has been approved and the 
restructuring or rationalisation has either commenced or 
been publicly announced.

Environmental 

Provisions relating to the remediation of soil, groundwater, 
untreated waste and other environmental contamination are 
made when the Group has an obligation to carry out the 
clean-up operation as a result of a past event. In addition, a 
provision will only be made where it is possible to reliably 
estimate the costs involved. 

Asset retirement

In certain circumstances, the Group has an obligation to 
dismantle and remove an asset and to restore the site on 
which it is located. The present value of the estimated costs 
of this process is recognised as part of the asset that is 
depreciated and also as a provision.

At each reporting date, the provision is remeasured in line 
with changes in discount rates and the timing and amount of 
future estimated cash flows. Any changes in the provision 
are added to or deducted from the related asset, other than 
changes associated with the passage of time. This is 
recognised as a borrowing cost in the profit or loss.

70

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Legal and other

There are a number of legal claims and other exposures, 
including claims for damages arising from products and 
services supplied by the Group, that arise from the ordinary 
course of business. A provision is only made where it is 
probable that a payment or restitution will be required and 
the costs involved can be reliably estimated.

Key estimates and judgments

Provisions are based on the Group’s estimate of the  
timing and value of outflows of resources required to 
settle or satisfy commitments and liabilities known to  
the Group at the reporting date.

Contingencies

The following contingent liabilities are considered unlikely. 
However the directors consider they should be disclosed:

•  Under the terms of the ASIC Legislative Instrument, ASIC 
Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 
2016/785, issued by the Australian Securities and 
Investments Commission dated 17 December 2016, which 
relieved certain wholly-owned subsidiaries from the 
requirement to prepare audited financial statements, IPL and 
certain wholly-owned subsidiaries (identified in note 14) 
have entered into an approved deed for the cross guarantee 
of liabilities. No additional liabilities subject to the Deed of 
Cross Guarantee at 30 September 2018 are expected to arise 
to IPL or the relevant subsidiaries.

•  The Group is regularly subject to investigations and audit 

activities by the revenue authorities of jurisdictions in which 
the Group operates. The outcome of these investigations 
and audits depends upon several factors which may result 
in further tax payments or refunds of tax payments already 
made by the Group.

•  Contingent liabilities arise in the normal course of business 
and include a number of legal claims, environmental clean-
up requirements, patent claims and bank guarantees.

The Directors are of the opinion that no additional provisions are 
required in respect of these matters, as it is either not probable 
that a future sacrifice of economic benefits will be required or 
the amount is not capable of reliable measurement. 

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

16. Financial risk management

The Group is exposed to financial risks including liquidity risk, market risk and credit risk. This note explains the Group’s 
financial risk exposures and its objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing these risks.

The Board of Directors (the Board) has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk 
management framework. The Board established the Audit and Risk Management Committee (ARMC) which is responsible for, 
amongst other things, the monitoring of the Group’s risk management plans. The ARMC is assisted in its oversight role by the 
Group’s Risk Management function. The Risk Management function performs reviews of the Group’s risk management controls 
and procedures, the results of which are reported to the ARMC. The ARMC reports regularly to the Board on its activities.

The Group’s financial risk management framework includes policies to identify, analyse and manage the Group’s financial risks. 
These policies set appropriate financial risk limits and controls, identify permitted derivative instruments and provide guidance on 
how to monitor and report financial risks and adherence to set limits. Financial risk management policies, procedures and systems 
are reviewed regularly to ensure they remain appropriate given changes in market conditions and/or the Group’s activities.

Financial risks

Liquidity risk: The risk that the Group is not able to refinance its debt obligations or meet other cash outflow obligations 
when required. 

Source of risk
Exposure to liquidity risk derives from the Group’s operations 
and from the external interest bearing liabilities that it holds.  

This includes stress testing of critical assumptions such as 
input costs, sales prices, production volumes, exchange rates 
and capital expenditure.

Risk mitigation
Liquidity risk is managed by ensuring there are sufficient 
committed funding facilities available to meet the Group’s 
financial commitments in a timely manner.

The Group’s forecast liquidity requirements are continually 
reassessed based on regular forecasting of earnings and 
capital requirements.

The Group aims to hold a minimum liquidity buffer of at 
least $500m in undrawn non-current committed funding to 
meet any unforeseen cash flow requirements. Details on the 
Group’s committed finance facilities, including the maturity 
dates of these facilities, are included in note 8.

Outstanding financial instruments

The Group’s exposures to liquidity risk are set out in the tables below:

30 September 2018

Non-derivative  
financial liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities

Contractual  
cash flows(1) 
$mill

0 – 12  
months 
$mill

1 – 5 
years 
$mill

more than
5 years 
$mill

30 September 2017

Contractual  
cash flows(1) 
$mill

0 – 12  
months 
$mill

1 – 5 
years 
$mill

more than
5 years 
$mill

2,374.8 

212.9  1,613.4 

548.5 

Non-derivative  
financial liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities

2,224.1 

12.1  1,705.3 

506.7

Interest payments

288.0 

72.3 

128.0 

87.7 

Interest payments

368.0 

85.6 

181.7 

100.7 

Trade and other payables

1,058.6  1,045.0 

Bank guarantees

126.8 

49.2 

13.6 

2.9 

–

Trade and other payables

1,058.6  1,043.7 

74.7 

Bank guarantees

108.8 

40.0 

14.9 

7.3 

–

61.5 

Total non-derivative  
cash outflows

Derivative financial  
(assets)/liabilities
Forward exchange contracts

Foreign exchange options

Cross currency interest  
rate swaps

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate options

Commodity swaps

Commodity options

Net derivative cash  
outflows

3,848.2  1,379.4  1,757.9 

710.9 

1.0 

–

14.5 

(13.6)

(10.5)

1.0 

–

14.5 

(0.9)

–

–

–

(12.7)

–

–

–

–

–

(7.9)

(2.6)

(12.2)

(12.2)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(20.8)

2.4 

(20.6)

(2.6)

Total non-derivative  
cash outflows

Derivative financial  
(assets)/liabilities

Forward exchange contracts

Foreign exchange options

Cross currency interest  
rate swaps

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate options

Commodity swaps
Commodity options

Net derivative cash  
outflows

3,759.5  1,181.4  1,909.2 

668.9 

(4.2)

1.2 

(5.5)

1.2 

11.8 

13.4 

–

(12.7)
0.8 

11.8 

0.1 

–

(11.3)
0.8 

1.3 

–

–

–

–

–

11.4 

1.9 

–

(1.4)
–

–

–
–

10.3 

(2.9)

11.3 

1.9 

(1) Contractual cash flows are not discounted, include interest amounts payable, and are based on foreign exchange rates at year end. Any subsequent movements 

in foreign exchange rates could impact the actual cash flows on settlement of these assets and liabilities.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

71

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk: The risk that changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices will affect the Group’s 
earnings, cash flows and the carrying values of its financial instruments.

Foreign exchange risk

Source of risk

Risk mitigation

The Group is exposed to changes in foreign exchange rates 
(primarily in USD) on the following transactions and balances:

Foreign exchange exposure to sales and purchases is 
managed by entering into formal hedging arrangements.

l   Sales and purchases
l   Trade receivables and trade payables
l  

Interest bearing liabilities

The Group is also exposed to foreign exchange movements 
(primarily in USD) on the translation of the earnings, assets 
and liabilities of its foreign operations.

The Group hedges both specific transactions and net exposures 
by entering into foreign exchange rate derivative contracts.

The translation risk of USD denominated interest bearing 
liabilities and net investments in foreign operations and their 
earnings is also managed by entering into foreign exchange 
rate derivative financial instruments.

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis

The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to movements in the AUD:USD exchange rate and the derivative financial 
instruments that are in place to hedge these exposures at 30 September: 

Foreign exchange rates

The AUD:USD foreign exchange rates used by the Group to 
translate its foreign denominated earnings, assets and 
liabilities are set out below:

2018
AUD:USD

2017
AUD:USD

30 September foreign exchange rate

0.7207

0.7846 

Average foreign exchange rate for the year

0.7606

0.7620 

Foreign exchange rate sensitivity on outstanding financial 
instruments

The table below shows the impact of a 1 cent movement 
(net of hedging) in the AUD:USD exchange rate on the 
Group’s profit and equity before tax in relation to foreign 
denominated assets and liabilities at 30 September: 

+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2018

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2018

+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2017

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2017

Foreign exchange 
sensitivity – (net of 
hedging)

Trade and other 
receivables and payables  
– (profit or loss)

Hedge of forecast 
transactions – (equity)

Interest bearing liabilities 
(equity)

Investments in foreign 
operations – (equity)

(0.8)

(0.5)

0.8

0.6

0.1 

(0.1)

1.7 

(1.7)

7.6

(7.8)

6.4

(6.6)

(25.8)

26.5

(22.7)

23.3 

Transactional exposures

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities

Gross exposure (before hedging)

Hedge of transactional exposures
Trade and other receivables
Forward exchange contracts

Trade and other payables

Forward exchange contracts
Interest bearing liabilities(1)

2018
AUD:USD
USD mill

2017
AUD:USD
USD mill

327.1
(237.8)
(1,573.0)
(1,483.7)

271.2 
(238.3)
(1,573.0)
(1,540.1)

(269.0)

(270.4)

220.5

228.5

Cross currency interest rate swaps

1,173.0

1,173.0 

Total hedge contract values
Net exposure (after hedging)

Hedge of forecast sales and purchases

Forward exchange contracts

Total hedge contract values

1,124.5
(359.2)

2018
AUD:USD
USD mill

28.7

28.7

2018
AUD:USD
USD mill

1,131.1 
(409.0)

2017
AUD:USD
USD mill

(106.2)

(106.2)

2017
AUD:USD
USD mill

Translational exposures

Net investment in foreign operations

2,532.7

2,380.3 

Gross exposure (before hedging)

2,532.7

2,380.3 

Hedge of translational exposures
Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts
Foreign exchange options

Total hedge contract values
Net exposure (after hedging)

(1,173.0)

–
–

(1,173.0)
1,359.7

(1,654.5)
640.0 
50.0 

(964.5)
1,415.8 

72

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Foreign exchange risk (continued)

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis (continued)

Sensitivity to foreign exchange rate movements during 
the year (unhedged)

The table below shows the impact of a 1 cent movement in 
the AUD:USD foreign exchange rates on the Group’s profit 
before tax, in relation to sales and earnings during the year 
that were denominated in USD. 
+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2018

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2018

+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2017

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2017

The fertiliser sales sensitivity calculation is based on actual 
tonnes manufactured by the Australian fertiliser plants and 
sold during the year, the average AUD:USD exchange rate for 
the year, and the average USD fertiliser price.

The North American earnings translation sensitivity 
calculation is based on the earnings before interest and tax 
from the North American business for the year and the 
average AUD:USD exchange rate for the year.

USD Fertiliser sales from 
Australian plants
North American USD 
earnings

(7.4)

(3.6)

7.6

3.7

(6.8)

(2.9)

6.9

3.0 

Interest rate risk

Source of risk
Exposure to interest rate risk is a result of the effect of 
changes in interest rates on the Group’s outstanding interest 
bearing liabilities and derivative instruments.

Risk mitigation
The exposure to interest rate risk is mitigated by maintaining a 
mix of fixed and variable interest rate borrowings and by 
entering into interest rate derivative instruments. 

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis

The tables below include the Group’s derivative contracts that are exposed to changes in interest rates at 30 September:

Interest rate swaps

Average 
pay/(rec)  
fixed rate(1)

Average 
pay/(rec) 
 fixed rate(2) 

Duration  
(years)

Net contract  
amounts  
mill

3.09%
–
2.70%
(3.11%)

2.39%
3.24%
(3.11%)
2.02%
(2.62%)

–
(1.81%)
–
–

0.2 
0.4 
2.4 
1.2 

0.2 
2.9 
2.2 
3.0 
5.0 

USD 400
AUD 200
USD 900
USD 300

USD 400
USD 550
USD 300
USD 350
USD 100

Strike(1) 
2017 

Duration 
(years)

–
–
–
–
–

Net  
contract 
amounts  
USD mill 
2017

Net  
contract 
amounts  
USD mill 
2018

Strike(1) 
2018 

Duration 
(years)

Net  
contract 
amounts  
USD mill 
2018

Net  
contract 
amounts  
USD mill 
2017

Strike(1) 
2018 

Duration 
(years)

Strike(1) 
2017 

Duration 
(years)

350 3.75%
350 2.58%
350 1.50%
350 0.01%

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2

350  3.75% 
350  2.58% 
350  1.50% 
350  0.01% 

2.2 
2.2 
2.2 
2.2 

Interest rate  
options

Contracts maturing  
later than 5 years
Sold cap
Bought cap
Sold floor
Bought floor

(1) LIBOR

Interest rate sensitivity on outstanding financial instruments

The following table shows the sensitivity of the Group’s 
profit before tax to a 1 per cent change in interest rates. The 
sensitivity is calculated based on the Group’s interest bearing 
liabilities and derivative financial instruments that are 
exposed to interest rate movements and the AUD:USD 
exchange rate at 30 September:

350 3.75%
350 2.58%
350 1.50%
350 0.01%

2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8

350  3.75%
350  2.58%
350  1.50%
350  0.01%

1.8 
1.8 
1.8 
1.8 

Interest rate sensitivity

LIBOR

BBSW

+ 1%  
AUD mill
2018

- 1%  
AUD mill
2018

+ 1%  
AUD mill
2017

- 1%  
AUD mill
2017

(2.4)

(2.0)

2.4

2.0

(0.2)

(2.1)

0.2 

2.1 

The sensitivity above is also representative of the Group’s 
interest rate exposures during the year. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

73

2018 
Less than 1 year
Less than 1 year
1 to 5 years
1 to 5 years

2017 
Less than 1 year
1 to 5 years
1 to 5 years
Later than 5 years
Later than 5 years

Interest rate  
options
Contracts maturing  
between 1 and  
5 years
Sold cap
Bought cap
Sold floor
Bought floor

(1) LIBOR
(2) BBSW

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Commodity price risk

Source of risk
Exposure to changes in commodity prices is by virtue  
of the products that the Group sells and its manufacturing 
operations, and can be categorised into six main 
commodities, namely: Ammonia, Ammonium Nitrate, 
Ammonium Phosphate, Urea, Oil and Natural Gas.

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis

The table below includes the Group’s derivative contracts 
that are exposed to changes in natural gas and oil prices at 
30 September:

Total volume 
(MMBTU)(1) 
2018

Price/Strike 
USD(2) 
2018

Total volume 
(MMBTU)(1) 
2017

Price/Strike 
USD(2) 
2017

396,000 

2.68 

–

–

Natural gas

Contracts maturing  
within 1 year
Natural gas swaps
fixed payer
Natural gas options

Bought Call
Sold Put

Contracts maturing  
between 1 and 5 years
Natural gas swaps
fixed payer

554,400 

2.68 

–

–

(1) Million Metric British Thermal Units 
(2) Nymex Henry Hub gas price

Total volume 
(barrels) 
2018

Price  
USD(1) 
2018

Total volume 
(barrels) 
2017

Price  
USD(1) 
2017

Oil(2)

Contracts maturing 
within 1 year

Oil swaps fixed payer

267,186

48.84

1,157,806 

47.89 

Risk mitigation
Price risk exposure is managed by entering into long term 
contracts with suppliers and customers where possible. Where 
commodity price exposures cannot be eliminated through 
contracted and/or other commercial arrangements, the Group 
may enter into derivative contracts where available on a 
needs basis, to mitigate this risk. However, in some instances 
price risk exposure cannot be economically mitigated by either 
contractual arrangements or derivative contracts.

Sensitivity to natural gas price movements during the year
The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s profit 
before tax to a change of US$1 per MMBTU in the US Henry 
Hub natural gas price. The sensitivity is based on the average 
natural gas price, the average AUD:USD exchange rate 
(excluding the impact of hedging) and the current annual 
natural gas consumption of the Group’s manufacturing 
operations in the Americas that are exposed to changes in 
natural gas prices: 

Henry Hub USD

34.9

(34.9)

(33.1)

33.1 

Sensitivity to fertiliser price and ammonia movements 
during the year

The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s profit 
before tax to a US$10 per tonne change in Ammonium 
Phosphates, Urea and Ammonia prices. The sensitivity is 
based on actual tonnes manufactured and sold by the Group 
that is sensitive to commodity price changes and the average 
AUD:USD exchange rate (excluding the impact of hedging) for 
the year:

–
–

–
–

1,450,000 
1,450,000 

4.53
3.30

Natural gas price  
sensitivity

+ US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2018

- US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2018

+ US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2017

- US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2017

Contracts maturing 
between 1 and 5 years

Oil swaps fixed payer

–

–

178,124 

48.84 

Price sensitivity

2018
Granular Urea (FOB Middle East)
DAP/MAP (FOB Tampa)
Urea (FOB NOLA)
Ammonia (FOB Tampa)

2017
Granular Urea (FOB Middle East)
DAP/MAP (FOB Tampa)
Urea (FOB NOLA)
Ammonia (FOB Tampa)

(1) Oil-Brent (DTD)-Platts Marketwire 
(2) The Group has a gas supply agreement in Australia with pricing referenced 
to the USD Brent oil price. As a result, the Group holds Brent oil fixed price 
swaps to eliminate the exposure to changes in the Brent oil price.

Natural gas price sensitivity on outstanding financial 
instruments 
The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s equity 
before tax to a change of US$1 per MMBTU in the US Henry 
Hub natural gas price. The sensitivity is based on natural gas 
derivative contracts held by the Group at 30 September: 

Natural gas price  
sensitivity

+ US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2018

- US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2018

+ US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2017

- US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2017

Henry Hub USD 

1.3

(1.3)

0.7 

(1.8)

74

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

+ US$10 
per tonne
AUD mill

- US$10 
per tonne
AUD mill

4.4
11.3
2.3
8.6

5.3
12.3 
1.7 
7.1

(4.4)
(11.3)
(2.3)
(8.6)

(5.3)
(12.3)
(1.7)
(7.1)

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Included in the table below are details of the Group’s derivative instruments at 30 September 2018, classified by hedge 
accounting type and market risk category: 

Balance at 30 September 2018

During the period

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging 
instrument 
asset(1)

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging  
instrument
liability(1)

Fair value 
hedge  
adjustment  
of hedged 
item

Balance of 
gains/ 
(losses) in 
reserves 
before tax

Gains/ 
(losses) 
recognised in 
reserves(2)

Reclassification  
of (gains)/ 
losses from  
reserves to  
profit or loss(2,7)

30 September 2018

Note

Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange risk on forecast sales & purchases

Forward exchange contracts
Discontinued hedge(3)

Commodity price risk on forecast purchases

Commodity swaps
Commodity options
Discontinued hedge(3)

Interest rate risk on highly probable debt

Interest rate swaps
Interest rate options
Discontinued hedge(3)
Total cash flow hedges

Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange risk on foreign operation

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Discontinued hedge(3)

Total net investment hedges

Fair value hedges
Foreign exchange risk on USD borrowings(4)

Cross currency interest rate swaps

Interest rate risk on fixed USD and AUD bonds(5)

Interest rate swaps
Discontinued hedge
Total fair value hedges

Held for trading(6)

Forward exchange contracts

Total held for trading

Offsetting contracts(1)

Equity instruments

Total net

 1.1 
–

 11.7 
–
–

 18.4 
 7.5 
–
 38.7 

(0.1)
–

(0.3)
–
–

(7.1)
(1.0)
–
(8.5)

–
–

–

(427.7)

–

(427.7)

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

 1.0 
 2.9 

 11.5 
–
(5.6)

 11.8 
 6.7 
(3.3)
 25.0 

 4.6 
 15.1 

(1.4)
 1.4 
 23.3 

 35.4 
 7.0 
 1.2 
 86.6 

(427.6)
(198.1)

(625.7)

(132.6)
 5.4 

(127.2)

 427.7 

(14.2)

(291.6)

 1.4 
–

(8)

 429.1 

 0.3 
 0.3 

(0.2)
–
(14.4)

(2.6)
(2.6)

(427.5)

 427.5 

 2.3 

 42.9 

–

(2.9)
 3.8 
(290.7)

–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

(16.9)

– 

– 
– 
– 

–   
–   

–   

–

(25.7)

(290.7)

(617.6)

(40.6)

(35.4)

(1)  Balances are included in other financial assets/liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position. Financial assets and financial liabilities that are 

subject to enforceable master netting arrangements are offset in the Statement of Financial Position.

(2)  Gains or losses recognised in the reserves will be reclassified to the same line item in the profit or loss as the underlying hedged item when 

the underlying forecast transaction occurs.

(3)  Gains or losses on discontinued hedges that were in cash flow hedge or net investment hedge relationships remain in the reserves until the 

underlying transactions occur or upon disposal of the underlying net investment. Any changes in the market value of the discontinued hedges 
are recognised in the profit or loss from discontinuation.

(4)  The total fair value of derivatives hedging the Group’s interest bearing liabilities is $414.7m. The cross currency interest rate swaps hedging the 
foreign currency exposure of the Group’s USD borrowings have a contract value of USD 1,173m, and are economic hedges of an equivalent 
amount of the Group’s USD borrowings (including USD exposures as a result of hedging).

(5)  Interest rate swap contracts effectively convert USD300m and AUD200m of the Group’s fixed interest rate borrowings to floating interest rates. 
The fair value hedge adjustment of a hedged item where the hedging instrument is discontinued remains in the carrying amount of the 
hedged item and is amortised to the profit or loss over the life of the hedged item.

(6)  Derivatives which are classified as held for trading are in economic hedge relationships that do not qualify for hedge accounting. These hedges 

are effective economic hedges or offsetting hedges based on contractual amounts and cash flows over the life of the underlying item.

(7)  At 30 September 2018, a gain of $2.4m was transferred from reserves to profit or loss in relation to ineffective hedges. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

75

–
(11.4)

–
–
(25.9)

–
–
 1.9 
(35.4)

–
–

–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Included in the table below are details of the Group’s derivative instruments at 30 September 2017, classified by hedge 
accounting type and market risk category: 

30 September 2017

Note

Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange risk on forecast sales & purchases

Forward exchange contracts
Discontinued hedge(3)

Commodity price risk on forecast purchases

Commodity swaps
Commodity options
Discontinued hedge(3)

Interest rate risk on highly probable debt

Interest rate swaps
Interest rate options
Discontinued hedge(3)
Total cash flow hedges

Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange risk on foreign operation

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts
Foreign exchange options
Discontinued hedge(3)

Total net investment hedges

Fair value hedges
Foreign exchange risk on USD borrowings(4)

Cross currency interest rate swaps

Interest rate risk on fixed USD and AUD bonds(5)

Interest rate swaps
Discontinued hedge
Total fair value hedges

Held for trading(6)

Forward exchange contracts
Interest rate swaps

Total held for trading

Offsetting contracts(1)

Equity instruments

Total net

(8)

Balance at 30 September 2017

During the period

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging 
instrument 
asset(1)

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging  
instrument
liability(1)

Fair value 
hedge  
adjustment  
of hedged 
item

Balance of 
gains/ 
(losses) in 
reserves 
before tax

Gains/ 
(losses)  
recognised  
in reserves(2)

Reclassification  
of (gains)/ 
losses from  
reserves to  
profit or loss(2,7) 

 1.2 
–

 13.3 
–
–

 2.6 
 0.7 
–
 17.8 

–
 8.1 
–
–

 8.1 

 292.8 

 11.5 
–

 304.3 

 1.4 
 0.1 

 1.5 

(4.7)
–

(0.5)
(0.5)
–

(27.1)
(0.2)
–
(33.0)

(305.1)

–
(1.6)
–

(306.7)

–

–
–
–

(0.8)
–

(0.8)

(292.8)

 292.8 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 –   
 –   

 –   
 –   
 –   
 –   

 –
 –
 – 
 –

 –

(190.1)

(14.2)
 1.2 
(203.1)

 –   
 –   

 –   

 –   

 –   

(3.6)
(0.8)

 12.9 
(1.4)
(3.0)

(23.6)
(0.3)
(6.4)
(26.2)

(306.8)
8.2
(1.2)
(198.7)

(498.5)

– 

– 
– 
– 

–   
–   

–   

–   

(1.1)
9.9 

 (3.7) 
 0.5 
4.5

34.9
5.8
 2.1 
 52.9 

60.4
 8.2 
(1.2)
1.8

 69.2 

– 

– 
– 
– 

–   
–   

–   

–   

(16.9)

(541.6)

(0.8)

 121.3 

 – 
(31.2)

 – 
 – 
(5.2)

 – 
 – 
 1.6 
(34.8)

 – 
 – 
 –   
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 –   
 –   

 –   

 –   

 –   

(34.8)

 2.3 

 41.2 

–

(47.7)

(203.1)

(1)  Balances are included in other financial assets/liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position. Financial assets and financial liabilities that are 

subject to enforceable master netting arrangements are offset in the Statement of Financial Position.

(2)  Gains or losses recognised in the reserves will be reclassified to the same line item in the profit or loss as the underlying hedged item when 

the underlying forecast transaction occurs.

(3)  Gains or losses on discontinued hedges that were in cash flow hedge or net investment hedge relationships remain in the reserves until the 

underlying transactions occur or upon disposal of the underlying net investment. The balance of discontinued hedges in net investment hedges 
includes the market value of USD400m of derivatives that were discontinued during the year. Any changes in the market value of the 
discontinued hedges are recognised in the profit or loss from discontinuation.

(4)  The total fair value of derivatives hedging the Group’s interest bearing liabilities is $304.3m. The cross currency interest rate swaps hedging the 
foreign currency exposure of the Group’s USD borrowings have a contract value of USD1,173m, and are economic hedges of an equivalent 
amount of the Group’s USD interest bearing liabilities. Derivatives with a contract value of USD400m and a contract rate of AUD:USD 0.97 were 
discontinued during the year. 

(5)  Interest rate swap contracts effectively convert USD400m of the Group’s fixed interest rate borrowings to floating interest rates. The fair value 
hedge adjustment of a hedged item where the hedging instrument is discontinued remains in the carrying amount of the hedged item and is 
amortised to the profit or loss over the life of the hedged item.

(6)  Derivatives which are classified as held for trading are in economic hedge relationships that do not qualify for hedge accounting. These hedges 

are effective economic hedges or offsetting hedges based on contractual amounts and cash flows over the life of the underlying item.

(7)  At 30 September 2017, a gain of $0.3m was transferred from reserves to profit or loss in relation to ineffective hedges.

76

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Credit risk: The risk of financial loss to the Group as a result of customers or counterparties to financial assets failing to 
meet their contractual obligations.

Source of risk

Credit risk exposure

The Group is exposed to counterparty credit risk from trade 
and other receivables and financial instrument contracts that 
are outstanding at the reporting date.

Risk mitigation

The Group minimises the credit risk associated with trade 
and other receivables balances by undertaking transactions 
with a large number of customers in various countries. 

The creditworthiness of customers is reviewed prior to 
granting credit, using trade references and credit reference 
agencies. Credit limits are established and monitored for 
each customer, and these limits represent the highest level 
of exposure that a customer can reach. Trade credit insurance 
is purchased when required. 

The Group mitigates credit risk from financial instrument 
contracts by only entering into transactions with 
counterparties that have sound credit ratings and, where 
applicable, with whom the Group has a signed netting 
agreement. Given their high credit ratings, the Group does 
not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.

Fair value

Fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities is 
calculated using a variety of techniques depending on the 
type of financial instrument as follows:
•  The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities 
traded in active markets (such as equity securities and 
fixed interest rate bonds) is the quoted market price at 
the reporting date.

•  The fair value of forward exchange contracts, interest 
rate swaps, and cross currency interest rate swaps is 
calculated using discounted cash flows, reflecting the 
credit risk of various counterparties. Future cash flows are 
calculated based on the contract rate, observable forward 
interest rates and foreign exchange rates. Adjustments 
for the currency basis are made at the end of the 
reporting period.

•  The fair value of option contracts is calculated using the 
contract rates and observable market rates at the end of 
the reporting period, reflecting the credit risk of various 
counterparties. The valuation technique is consistent with 
the Black-Scholes methodology and utilises Monte Carlo 
simulations. 

•  The fair value of commodity swaps and commodity 

forward contracts is calculated using their quoted market 
price, where available. If a quoted market price is not 
available, then fair value is calculated using discounted 
cash flows. Future cash flows are estimated based on the 
difference between the contractual price and the current 
observable market price, reflecting the credit risk of 
various counterparties. These future cash flows are then 
discounted to present value.

•  The nominal value less expected credit losses of trade 
receivables and payables are assumed to approximate 
their fair values due to their short term maturity.

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at 30 
September is the carrying amount, net of any provision for 
impairment, of the financial assets as detailed in the table 
below: 

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative assets

2018 
$mill

324.1

588.5

40.6

2017 
$mill

342.8

627.9

38.9 

953.2

1,009.6 

Financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to 
enforceable master netting arrangements and are intended 
to be settled on a net basis are offset in the Statement of 
Financial Position. At 30 September 2018, the amount netted 
in other financial assets and other financial liabilities is  
$427.5m (2017: $292.8m). 

Fair value hierarchy
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair 
value by valuation method. The different levels have been 
defined as follows:
• 

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for 
identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within 
Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, 
either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived 
from prices).
Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based 
on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

• 

• 

2018

Listed equity securities
Derivative financial assets
Derivative financial liabilities

2017

Listed equity securities
Derivative financial assets
Derivative financial liabilities

Level 1 
$mill

2.3
–
–

Level 1 
$mill

2.3
–
–

Level 2 
$mill

–
40.6
(25.7)

Level 2 
$mill

–
38.9 
(47.7)

Level 3 
$mill

–
–
–

Level 3 
$mill

–
–
–

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities carried at 
amortised cost
Cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, and 
trade and other payables are carried at amortised cost which 
equals their fair value.

Interest bearing liabilities are carried at amortised cost and have 
a carrying value of $2,374.8m (2017: $2,224.1m) – refer to 
note 8. The fair value of the interest bearing financial liabilities 
at 30 September 2018 was $2,374.5m (2017: $2,300.7m) and 
was based on the level 2 valuation methodology.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

77

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Key accounting policies

Foreign currency transactions and balances

Cash flow hedges

The Group presents its accounts in Australian dollars. Foreign 
currency transactions are translated into Australian dollars 
using the exchange rates at the date the transaction occurs. 

Monetary assets (such as trade receivables) and liabilities 
(such as trade creditors) denominated in foreign currencies 
are translated into Australian dollars using the exchange rate 
at 30 September. Non-monetary items (for example, plant 
and machinery) that are measured at historical cost in a 
foreign currency are not re-translated.

Foreign exchange gains and losses relating to transactions 
are recognised in the profit or loss with the exception of 
gains and losses arising from cash flow hedges and net 
investment hedges that are recognised in other 
comprehensive income. 

Foreign operations

The assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations 
are translated at applicable exchange rates at 30 September. 
Income and expense items are translated at the average 
exchange rates for the period. 

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising on translation are 
recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR). 
If and when the Group disposes of the foreign operation, 
these gains and losses are transferred from the FCTR to the 
profit or loss.

Derivatives and hedging

The Group uses contracts known as derivative financial 
instruments to hedge its financial risk exposures.

On entering into a hedging relationship, the Group formally 
designates and documents details of the hedge, risk 
management objective and strategy for entering into the 
arrangement. The Group applies hedge accounting to 
hedging relationships that are expected to be highly 
effective in offsetting changes in fair value, i.e. where the 
cash flows arising from the hedge instrument closely match 
the cash flows arising from the hedged item. 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when:

•  The hedging relationship no longer meets the risk 

management objective.

•  The hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or 

exercised.

•  The hedge no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Derivatives are measured at fair value. The accounting 
treatment applied to specific types of hedges is set out 
below.

Changes in the fair value of effective cash flow hedges are 
recognised in equity, in the cash flow hedge reserve. To the 
extent that the hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are 
recognised in the profit or loss. 

Fair value gains or losses accumulated in the reserve are 
taken to profit or loss when the hedged item affects profit or 
loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the 
amount recognised in the reserve is transferred to the 
carrying amount of the asset when the asset is purchased.

Net investment hedges

Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation are 
accounted for in a similar way as cash flow hedges. Gains or 
losses on the effective portion of the hedge are recognised 
directly in equity (in the FCTR) while any gains or losses 
relating to the ineffective portion are recognised in the profit 
or loss.

On disposal of the foreign operation, the cumulative value of 
gains or losses recognised in the FCTR are transferred to 
profit or loss.

Fair value hedges

The change in the fair value of the hedging instrument and 
the change in the hedged item are recognised in the profit 
or loss.

Hedge ineffectiveness

The Group aims to transact only highly effective hedge 
relationships, and in most cases the hedging instruments 
have a 1:1 hedge ratio with the hedged items. However, at 
times, some hedge ineffectiveness can arise and is 
recognised in profit or loss in the period in which it occurs. 
Key sources of hedge ineffectiveness for the Group are as 
follows: 

•  Maturity dates of hedging instruments not matching the 

maturity dates of the hedged items.

•  Credit risk inherent within the hedging instrument not 

matching the movement in the hedged item. 

• 

Interest rates of the Group’s financing facilities not 
matching the interest rates of the hedging instrument.

•  Forecast transactions not occurring.

Classification of financial instruments

Financial instruments are classified into the following 
categories:

•  Amortised cost (cash and cash equivalents, interest 

bearing liabilities and trade and other receivables and 
payables).

•  Fair value through other comprehensive income (listed 

equity securities).

•  Fair value through profit or loss (derivative financial 

instruments except those that are in a designated hedge 
relationship).

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

78

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

17. Share-based payments

Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIs)

The LTIs are designed to link reward with the key 
performance drivers that underpin sustainable growth in 
shareholder value. With regard to the 2015/18, 2016/19 
and 2017/20 Long Term Incentive Plans, the performance 
conditions comprise relative total shareholder return, the 
delivery of certain strategic initiatives and, in the case of the 
2016/19 and 2017/20 LTI plans, also includes growth in 
return on equity.

The arrangements support the Company’s strategy for 
retention and motivation of its executives.

Expenses arising from share-based payment 
transactions

Total expenses arising from share-based payment 
transactions recognised during the period as part of 
employee benefit expense were as follows: 

Accounting value of performance rights 
issued under the LTI performance plans

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

 3.2 

4.6

2018 
Number

2017 
Number

Number of performance rights outstanding 
under the LTI performance plans

 4,431,879 

5,469,485

Details of the movements in LTIs are disclosed in the 
Remuneration Report.

Key accounting policies

The rights to shares granted to employees under the terms 
of the plans are measured at fair value. The fair value is 
recognised as an employee expense over the period that 
employees become unconditionally entitled to the rights. 
There is a corresponding increase in equity, which is 
reflected in the share based payments reserve.

The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect 
the actual number of rights taken up, once related service 
and other non-market conditions are met.

18. Key management personnel disclosures

Key management personnel remuneration

2018 
$000

2017 
$000

Short-term employee benefits

11,534

13,062

Post-employment benefits

Other long-term benefits

Termination benefits

Share-based payments

207 

168 

1,398

1,389

240

130

–

4,308

14,696

17,740

Determination of key management personnel and detailed 
remuneration disclosures are provided in the Remuneration 
Report.

Loans to key management personnel

In the year ended 30 September 2018, there were no loans 
to key management personnel and their related parties 
(2017: nil).

Other key management personnel transactions

The following transactions, entered into during the year with 
key management personnel (including their related parties), 
were on terms and conditions no more favourable than those 
available to other customers, suppliers and employees:

(1)  The spouse of Mr Fazzino, former Managing Director & 
Chief Executive Officer, is a partner in the accountancy 
and tax firm PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) from which 
the Group purchased services of $1,139,272 during the 
year (2017: $505,742). Mr Fazzino’s spouse does not 
directly provide these services. Mr Fazzino did not engage 
PwC at any time for any assignment.

(2)  The spouse of Ms Fagg was a partner in the accountancy 
and tax firm KPMG from which the Group purchased 
services of $851,572 during the year (2017: $1,063,677). 
Ms Fagg’s spouse did not directly provide these services. 
Ms Fagg was not involved in any engagement of KPMG 
made by the Group. Ms Fagg’s spouse ceased 
employment with KPMG on 31 December 2017.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

79

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

19. Retirement benefit obligation

The Group operates a number of defined benefit plans in the 
Americas and Asia Pacific to provide benefits for employees 
and their dependants on retirement, disability or death.

Key assumptions and sensitivities
Principal actuarial assumptions

The Group also makes contributions to defined contribution 
schemes.

Discount rate (gross of tax)
Future salary increases

2018 

2017

3.5% – 8.1% 3.3% – 7.2%
2.5% – 5.0% 2.5% – 5.0%

Financial position and performance
Net defined benefit obligation at 30 September

Present value of obligations

Fair value of plan assets

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

302.2

289.8

(269.6)

(251.6)

Net defined benefit obligation

32.6

38.2

Maturity profile of the net defined benefit obligation

The expected maturity analysis of the undiscounted defined benefit 
obligation is as follows:

Within next 10 years

Within 10 to 20 years

In excess of 20 years

2018 
$mill

203.1

132.3

44.5

2017 
$mill

216.4

141.2

35.3

Return on plan assets for the year ended 30 September

Actual return on plan assets

Composition of plan assets at 30 September

The percentage invested in each asset class:

Equities
Fixed interest securities
Property
Other

2018 
$mill

14.9

2017 
$mill

29.6

2018

2017

47%
39%
6%
8%

45%
39%
7%
9%

Movements in plan assets/liabilities
Amounts recognised in Other Comprehensive Income

Notes

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

(0.7)

20.7

5.6

4.9

21.0

41.7

(2.9)

(4.6)

(Losses)/gains arising from  
changes in actuarial assumptions

Return on plan assets greater  
than discount rate
Total recognised in other  
comprehensive income

Amounts recognised in Profit or Loss

Net interest expense

Defined benefit superannuation expense

(2)

(2)

(1.2)

(3.1)

80

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis is based on a change in a significant 
actuarial assumption while holding all other assumptions 
constant. The following table summarises how the defined 
benefit obligation as at 30 September 2018 would have 
increased/(decreased) as a result of a change in the respective 
assumption by 1 percentage point: 

Discount rate
Rate of salary increase

1 percent  
increase
(24.6)
1.2

1 percent  
decrease
30.9
(0.3)

Key accounting policies
All employees of the group are entitled to benefits from the 
Group’s superannuation plan on retirement, disability or death 
or can direct the group to make contributions to a defined 
contribution plan of their choice. The Group’s superannuation 
plan has a defined benefit section and a defined contribution 
section. The defined benefit section provides defined lump 
sum benefits based on years of service and final average 
salary. The defined contribution section receives fixed 
contributions from group companies and the Group’s legal or 
constructive obligation is limited to these contributions.

The liability or asset recognised in the Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position in respect of defined benefit 
superannuation plans is the present value of the defined 
benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the 
fair value of plan assets.

Remeasurement gains and losses arising from experience 
adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are 
recognised in the period in which they occur, directly in other 
comprehensive income. They are included in retained earnings 
in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation 
resulting from plan amendments or curtailments are 
recognised immediately in profit or loss as past service costs. 

Contributions to the defined contribution section of the 
Group’s superannuation fund and other independent defined 
contribution superannuation funds are recognised as an 
expense as they become payable. 

Key estimates and judgments
The present value of the defined benefit obligation at 
the reporting date is based on expected future payments 
arising from membership of the fund. This is calculated 
annually by independent actuaries considering the 
expected future wage and salary levels of employees, 
experience of employee departures and employee 
periods of service.

Expected future payments are discounted using market 
yields on corporate bonds at the reporting date, which 
have terms to maturity and currency that match, as 
closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

20. Deed of cross guarantee

21. Parent entity disclosure

2018 
$mill

 78.3 

 31.8 

2017 
$mill

238.7

14.7

253.4

Entities that are party to a Deed of Cross Guarantee are 
included in note 14. The Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income and the Statement of Financial Position 
for this closed group are shown below: 

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the year

Retained profits at 1 October
Profit for the year
Other movements in retained earnings
Dividend paid

2018 
$mill

 367.8 
 (70.0)
 297.8 

2017 
$mill

 194.2 
 (24.4)
 169.8 

 1,332.6 
297.8 
 (3.0)
 (157.4)

 1,312.2 
169.8
 4.1 
 (153.5)

Throughout the financial year ended 30 September 2018 the 
parent company of the Group was Incitec Pivot Limited.

Parent entity guarantees in respect of debts  
of its subsidiaries

As at 30 September 2018 the Company’s current liabilities 
exceeded its current assets by $23.7m. The Group’s forecast 
cash flows for the next 12 months indicate that it will be 
able to meet current liabilities as and when they fall due.  
In addition, the Group has undrawn financing facilities of 
$756.0m at 30 September 2018 and a cash balance of 
$588.5m.

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income

Retained profits at 30 September

 1,470.0 

 1,332.6 

Statement of Financial Position

Results of the parent entity

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

Total comprehensive income for the year

 110.1 

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Other assets
Other financial assets
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Other financial assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Provisions
Current tax liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Retirement benefit obligation
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Issued capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

 57.9 
 742.4 
 344.0 
 22.1 
 13.2 
 1,179.6 

 246.1 
 3,542.1 
 2,044.6 
 247.4 
 161.1 
 6,241.3 
 7,420.9 

 1,008.3 
 199.8 
 18.3 
 54.6 
 52.0 
 1,333.0 

 211.6 
 501.2 
 7.4 
 61.3 
 421.3 
 11.6 
 1,214.4 
 2,547.4 
 4,873.5 

 182.5 
 495.5 
 268.0 
 56.6 
 22.6 
 1,025.2 

 234.6 
3,525.7
 2,011.5 
 248.5 
 149.8 
 6,170.1 
 7,195.3

 737.5 

–
 18.8 
 56.6 
 10.6 
 823.5 

 331.6 
 557.9 
 28.2 
 53.1 
 378.6
 8.1 
 1,357.5 
 2,181.0
 5,014.3 

 3,226.5 
 177.0 
 1,470.0 
 4,873.5 

 3,436.8 
 244.9 
 1,332.6 
 5,014.3

Statement of Financial Position

Current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities 

Total liabilities

Net assets

Share capital 

Reserves
Retained earnings

Total equity

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

 877.8 

970.6

 7,396.3 

7,334.9

901.5

920.9

 3,960.0 

3,641.0

 3,436.3 

3,693.9

 3,226.5 

3,436.8

 7.8 
 202.0 

(26.9)
284.0

 3,436.3 

3,693.9

Parent entity contingencies and commitments
Contingent liabilities of Incitec Pivot Limited are disclosed in 
note 15.

Capital expenditure – commitments

Contracted but not yet provided  
for and payable:

2018 
$mill

2017 
$mill

Within one year

20.3

12.5

Tax consolidation

The Company and its wholly-owned Australian resident 
entities have formed a tax consolidated group. As a result it 
is taxed as a single entity. The head entity of the tax 
consolidated group is Incitec Pivot Limited.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

81

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2018

22. Auditor’s remuneration

23. Events subsequent to reporting date

Fees payable to the Group's auditor for 
assurance services

Audit of the Group's annual report(1)

Audit of subsidiaries(2)

Audit-related assurance services(3)

2018 
$000

2017 
$000

On 22 October 2018, the Company announced the extension  
of its on-market share buyback for a further 12 months from  
29 November 2018 to 28 November 2019.

992.3

604.0

174.9

946.9

596.4

171.5

In November 2018, the directors determined to pay a final 
dividend for the Company of 6.2 cents per share on 17 
December 2018. The dividend is 20 percent franked (refer to 
note 6).

Total current year assurance services

1,771.2

1,714.8

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor  
for other services

Other services relating to taxation(4)

All other services(5)

Total other services

401.1

–

401.1

209.9

146.3

356.2

Other than the matters reported on above, the directors have 
not become aware of any other significant matter or 
circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial year, 
that has affected or may affect the operations of the Group, 
the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the 
Group in subsequent years, which has not been covered in  
this report.

Total fees paid to Group auditor

2,172.3

2,071.0

–   Payable to Australian Group auditor firm
–   Payable to International Group auditor 

associates 

1,402.2

1,499.7

770.1

571.3

(1)  Comprises the fee payable to the Group’s auditors for the audit of the 

Group’s financial statements.

(2)  Comprises the audits of the Group’s subsidiaries.
(3)  Mainly comprises review of half-year reports.
(4)  Comprises taxation compliance procedures for the Group’s subsidiaries.
(5)  Comprises non-statutory based assurance procedures.

From time to time, the auditors provide other services to the 
Group. These services are subject to strict corporate 
governance procedures which encompass the selection of 
service providers and the setting of their remuneration. The 
Audit and Risk Management Committee must approve 
individual non audit engagements provided by the Group’s 
auditor above a value of $100,000, as well as where the 
aggregate amount exceeds $250,000 per annum.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

82

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Directors’ Declaration 
on the Consolidated Financial Statements set out on pages 46 to 82

I, Paul Brasher, being a director of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company), do hereby state in accordance with a resolution of the 
directors that in the opinion of the directors,

1.   (a) 

the consolidated financial statements and notes, set out on pages 46 to 82, and the remuneration disclosures that are  
contained in  the Remuneration Report on pages 23 to 43 of the Directors’ Report, are in accordance with the Corporations  
Act 2001, including:

(i)  giving a true and fair view of the financial position of the Company and the Group as at 30 September 2018 and of  

their  performance for the year ended on that date; and

  (ii)  complying with Accounting Standards in Australia (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the  

  Corporations Regulations 2001;

(b)   the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed on page 52; and

(c)   there are reasonable grounds to believe the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due  

and payable.

2.   There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company and the controlled entities identified in Note 14 will be able to 

meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee between 
the Company and those subsidiaries pursuant to ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785.

3.   The directors have been given the declaration by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer as required by 

section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ended 30 September 2018.

Paul Brasher
Chairman

Dated at Melbourne this 13th day of November 2018

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

550 Bourke Street 
Melbourne, VIC, 3000 
GPO Box 78 
Melbourne VIC  3001 Australia 

Phone: +61 3 9671 7000  
www.deloitte.com.au 

Independent Auditor’s Report to the members of  

Incitec Pivot Limited 

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report 

Opinion 

We have audited the financial report of Incitec Pivot Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the 
“Group”), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 September 2018, 
the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  and  other  comprehensive  income,  the  consolidated 
statement of changes in equity and the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, 
and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other 
explanatory information, and the directors’ declaration.  

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations 
Act 2001, including:  

(i)  

giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 September 2018 and of its 
financial performance for the year then ended; and   

(ii)  

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under 
those  standards  are  further  described  in  the  Auditor’s  Responsibilities  for  the  Audit  of  the  Financial 
Report  section  of  our  report.  We  are  independent  of  the  Group  in  accordance  with  the  auditor 
independence  requirements  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001  and  the  ethical  requirements  of  the 
Accounting  Professional  and  Ethical  Standards  Board’s  APES  110  Code  of  Ethics  for  Professional 
Accountants (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.  

We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, which has been 
given to the directors of the Company, would be in the same terms if given to the directors as at the 
time of this auditor’s report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis 
for our opinion. 

Key Audit Matters  

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in 
our audit of the financial report for the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters. 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited  

84

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Audit Matter * 

How the scope of our audit responded to the 
Key Audit Matter 

Carrying  value  of  goodwill  and  non-
current assets 

Refer  to  Note  9  Property,  plant  and 
equipment, Note 10 Intangibles and Note 11 
Impairment  of  goodwill  and  non-current 
assets 

As  at  30  September  2018,  the  Group  held 
goodwill  of  $2,618.4  million,  intangible 
assets of $428.2 million and property, plant 
and  equipment  of  $4,004.3  million, 
allocated  to  its  group  of  cash  generating 
units (CGUs).  

The assessment of the recoverable amount 
is  based  on  management’s  view  of  key 
variables  and  market  conditions  such  as 
future  commodity  prices,  exchange  rates 
and  operating  performance  including  the 
timing  and  approval  of  future  capital  and 
operating  expenditure,  and 
the  most 
appropriate discount rate.  

Included  within  the  goodwill  balance  is  the 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP) CGU, which 
was  impaired  by  $236.0  million,  reducing 
the goodwill amount to $908.5 million. The 
recoverable  amount  was  determined  on  a 
fair  value  less  costs  of  disposal  (FVLCD) 
basis,  which  represented  a  change  from 
value in use as at 30 September 2017, and 
includes the following key judgements: 

• 

• 

The  change  in  DNAP’s  contract 
positions 
The general decline in products and 
services  margin 
in 
Australia  during  the  current  period 
of supply imbalance; and 

observed 

Our procedures included, but were not limited to: 

• 

•  Understanding the process that management 
had  undertaken  to  assess  the  recoverable 
amount 
In conjunction with our valuation specialists:  
o  evaluating  the  appropriateness  of  the 
models  used  by  management 
to 
calculate  the  value  in  use  or  FVLCD  of 
the individual CGUs  

o  Assessing  key  inputs  to  the  models 
including  revenue  based  on  forecast 
commodity prices and production rates, 
including  natural  gas  and 
costs 
sulphuric 
capital 
expenditure,  foreign  exchange  rates, 
discount  rates  and  growth  rates.  We 
challenged these inputs by:  

prices, 

acid 

  Corroborating  the  key  market 
based  assumptions  to  external 
published 
analysts’ 
reports, 
industry  growth 
and 
industry reports 

rates 

  Corroborating 

the  key  non-
market  based  assumptions  by 
comparing  forecasts  to  historical 
performance to test the accuracy 
of  management’s  projections, 
and 

  Comparing the discount rate with 
an independently developed rate 
•  Agreeing relevant amounts in the models to 

• 

the Board approved forecasts 
For  CGU’s  with  a  higher  risk  of  impairment, 
including  DNAP,  performing  a  range  of 
sensitivity  analysis  including  natural  gas 
price  in  the  terminal  value,  discount  and 
growth rate assumptions  

•  Assessing 

the  appropriateness  of 

the 

•  Updated  long  term  gas  production 

financial statement disclosures 

forecast.  

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

85

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions for uncertain tax positions 

Refer  to  Note  3  Taxation  and  Note  15 
Provisions and contingencies 

Our procedures included, but were not limited to: 

is 

subject 

jurisdictions 

The Group operates across  a  large number 
to 
and 
of 
investigations  and  audit  activities  by 
revenue  authorities  on  a  range  of  tax 
matters  during  the  normal  course  of 
business, including transfer pricing, indirect 
taxes and transaction related tax matters.  

The  outcomes  of  these  investigations  and 
audits depend upon several factors and as a 
result  management  exercise  judgement  in 
the determination of the tax position and the 
estimates and assumptions in relation to the 
provision for taxes.   

•  Understanding the process that management 
has  undertaken  to  identify  and  assess 
the 
uncertain 
monitoring  and  consideration  of  guidance 
issued by regulatory authorities 
In conjunction with our tax specialists: 

tax  positions, 

including 

• 

o  Gaining an understanding of the current 
tax  assessments  and 
to 
in  ongoing 

status  of 
investigations  and 
monitor  developments 
disputes  

the  process 

o  Reviewing  external  tax  advice  where 

available, and  

o  Reviewing 

recent 

rulings 
local 

and 
correspondence  with 
tax 
authorities, to satisfy ourselves that the 
tax  provisions  had  been  appropriately 
recorded  or  adjusted  to  reflect  the 
latest external developments 

•  Assessing 

the  appropriateness  of 

the 

financial statement disclosures 

Other Information  

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information.  The  other  information  comprises  the 
information included in the Group’s annual report for the year ended 30 September 2018, but does not 
include the financial report and our auditor’s report thereon.  

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon.  

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
report  or  our  knowledge  obtained  in  the  audit,  or  otherwise  appears  to  be  materially  misstated.  If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.  

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error.  

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.  

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report  

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free 
from  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  and  to  issue  an  auditor’s  report  that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  Australian  Auditing  Standards  will  always  detect  a  material 

86

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

 
 
 
 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material 
if,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  they  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  influence  the  economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report. 

As  part  of  an  audit  in  accordance  with  the  Australian  Auditing  Standards,  we  exercise  professional 
judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:   

• 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to 
fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit 
evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from 
error,  as  fraud  may  involve  collusion,  forgery,  intentional  omissions,  misrepresentations,  or 
the override of internal control.  

•  Obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  relevant  to  the  audit  in  order  to  design  audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.  

• 

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.  

•  Conclude on the appropriateness of the director’s use of the going concern basis of accounting 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to 
events  or  conditions  that  may  cast  significant  doubt  on  the  Group’s  ability  to  continue  as a 
going  concern.  If  we  conclude  that  a  material  uncertainty  exists,  we  are  required  to  draw 
attention  in  our  auditor’s  report  to  the  related  disclosures  in  the  financial  report  or,  if  such 
disclosures  are  inadequate,  to  modify  our  opinion.  Our  conclusions  are  based  on  the  audit 
evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions 
may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.  

• 

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the 
disclosures, and whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events 
in a manner that achieves fair presentation.  

•  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities 
or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are 
responsible  for  the  direction,  supervision  and  performance  of  the  Group’s  audit.  We  remain 
solely responsible for our audit opinion. 

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of 
the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we 
identify during our audit.  

We  also  provide  the  directors  with  a  statement  that  we  have  complied  with  relevant  ethical 
requirements  regarding  independence,  and  to  communicate  with  them  all  relationships  and  other 
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related 
safeguards.  

From  the  matters  communicated with the  directors,  we determine those  matters  that were  of  most 
significance in the audit of the financial report of the current period and are therefore the key audit 
matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public 
disclosure  about  the  matter  or  when,  in  extremely  rare  circumstances,  we  determine  that  a  matter 
should  not  be  communicated  in  our  report  because  the  adverse  consequences  of  doing  so  would 
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report on the Remuneration Report 

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 23 to 43 of the Director’s Report for the 
year ended 30 September 2018.  

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of the Incitec Pivot Limited, for the year ended 30 September 
2018, complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.  

Responsibilities  

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration 
Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian 
Auditing Standards.  

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 

Tom Imbesi 
Partner 
Chartered Accountants 
Melbourne, 13 November 2018 

88

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder Information 
As at 13 November 2018

Distribution of ordinary shareholder and shareholdings

Size of holding

–   1,000
1  
–   5,000
1,001 
5,001 
–   10,000
10,001  –  100,000
100,001 and over

Total

Number of holders

Percentage

Number of shares

Percentage

10,024
21,025
6,533
5,384
112

43,078

23.27%
48.81%
15.17%
12.50%
0.25%

100.00%

4,540,448
61,530,844
47,528,447
113,153,019
1,403,460,815

1,630,213,573

0.28%
3.77%
2.92%
6.94%
86.09%

100.00%

Included in the above total are 1,715 shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of shares.
The holdings of the 20 largest holders of fully paid ordinary shares represent 84.70% of that class of shares. 

Twenty largest ordinary fully paid shareholders

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
National Nominees Limited
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 
BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd 
UBS Nominees Pty Ltd 
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 
AMP Life Limited 
Argo Investments Limited 
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
UBS Nominees Pty Ltd 
BNP Paribas Noms (NZ) Ltd 
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 
Milton Corporation Limited 
Chesters Nominees Pty Ltd 
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited-GSCO ECA
Bond Street Custodians Limited 
National Nominees Limited 

Total

Number of shares

Percentage

646,726,894
387,804,865
120,253,144
111,299,398
34,803,434
22,915,365
9,804,009 
9,532,992 
9,336,911 
5,893,571 
4,095,530 
3,521,399 
3,515,000 
3,093,403 
2,600,000
1,610,689
1,100,000 
1,037,670 
957,051 
857,700

1,380,759,025

39.67%
23.79%
7.38%
6.83%
2.13%
1.41%
0.60%
0.58%
0.57%
0.36%
0.25%
0.22%
0.22%
0.19%
0.16%
0.10%
0.07%
0.06%
0.06%
0.05%

84.70%

Substantial shareholders
The following parties have declared a relevant interest in the number of voting shares at the date of giving the notice under 
Part 6C.1 of the Corporations Act.

Perpetual Limited     

Schroder Investment Management Australia Limited 

Harris Associates L.P.      

The Vanguard Group, Inc.   

Votes/Number of shares

 134,884,743

128,198,300

 120,764,831

 83,268,074

Voting Rights for Ordinary Shares
Votes of shareholders are governed by the Company’s Constitution. In broad summary, but without prejudice to the provisions of 
these rules, the Constitution provides for votes to be cast:
(a) on a show of hands, one vote for each shareholder; and
(b) on a poll, one vote for each fully paid share.

Unquoted Equity Securities 
As at 13 November 2018, 4,431,879 performance rights with 13 holders were on issue pursuant to Incitec Pivot Employee 
Incentive Plans.

On-market buy-back
On 14 November 2017, IPL annouced an on-market share buyback of up to $300.0m to be conducted over the next twelve months. 
On 22 October 2018, IPL announced the extension of its on-market share buyback for a further 12 months from 29 November 2018 
to 28 November 2019.

On-market share purchases
During the 2018 financial year, 1,272,323 ordinary shares were purchased on-market at an average price of $3.98 per share for the 
purposes of Incitec Pivot Employee Incentive Plans.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

89

 
Five Year Financial Statistics 

Incitec Pivot Limited and its controlled entities 

Sales

Earnings before depreciation, amortisation, net borrowing costs,  
individually material items (IMIs) and tax

Depreciation and amortisation (excluding IMIs) 

Earnings before net borrowing costs, IMIs and tax (EBIT)

Net borrowing costs (excluding IMIs)

IMIs before tax

Taxation (expense)/revenue

Operating profit after tax and IMIs

Operating profit after tax and IMIs attributable to non-controlling interest

Operating profit after tax and IMIs attributable  
to shareholders of Incitec Pivot Limited

IMIs after tax

Operating profit after tax before IMIs (net of tax)

Dividends paid

Current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments

Intangibles

Other non-current assets

Total assets

Current borrowings, payables and other liabilities

Current provisions

Non-current borrowings, payables and other liabilities

Non-current provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity

Equity attributable to non-controlling interest

Total shareholders’ equity

Ordinary shares 

2018
$mill

2017
$mill

2016
$mill

2015
$mill

2014
$mill

3,856.3 

3,473.4 

3,353.7 

3,643.3 

3,352.0 

851.0 

774.5 

672.6 

825.6 

742.7 

(294.3)

556.7 

(128.0)

(236.0)

18.1 

210.8 

2.9 

(273.3)

501.2 

(108.7)

–

(70.9)

321.6 

2.9 

(244.5)

428.1 

(50.2)

(241.3)

(7.2)

129.4 

1.3 

(249.1)

576.5 

(68.8)

–

(108.8)

398.9 

0.3 

(223.3)

519.4 

(76.9)

(130.8)

(63.5)

248.2 

1.1 

207.9 

318.7 

128.1 

398.6 

247.1 

(139.5)

347.4 

157.4 

1,471.5 

4,004.3 

336.1 

–

318.7 

153.5 

1,453.0 

3,854.8 

316.9 

(167.1)

295.2 

194.0 

1,141.9 

3,892.7 

318.0 

–

398.6 

194.5 

1,343.9 

4,003.6 

323.6 

(109.2)

356.3 

152.0 

833.6 

3,511.4 

291.2 

3,046.6 

3,121.0 

3,182.5 

3,346.3 

2,992.3 

95.5 

76.0 

143.9 

178.9 

341.7 

8,954.0 

8,821.7 

8,679.0 

9,196.3 

7,970.2 

1,331.8 

1,087.0 

75.6 

78.0 

955.8 

114.4 

1,809.3 

86.9 

899.6 

90.5 

2,698.4 

2,802.5 

2,944.4 

2,518.6 

2,489.5 

104.0 

4,209.8 

4,744.2 

4,737.7 

6.5 

95.1 

4,062.6 

4,759.1 

4,753.1 

6.0 

88.1 

4,102.7 

4,576.3 

4,572.0 

4.3 

93.3 

4,508.1 

4,688.2 

4,685.2 

3.0 

83.6 

3,563.2 

4,407.0 

4,404.3 

2.7 

4,744.2 

4,759.1 

4,576.3 

4,688.2 

4,407.0 

thousands

1,630,214 

1,687,171 

1,687,171 

1,685,657 

1,654,998 

Number of shares on issue at year end 

thousands 1,630,214  1,687,171  1,687,171  1,685,657  1,654,998 

Weighted average number of shares on issue (investor and ordinary)  

thousands

1,664,617 

1,687,171 

1,686,971 

1,673,824 

1,643,970 

Earnings per share

before IMIs  

including IMIs  

Dividends (declared)  

Dividends (paid)  

Dividend franking  

Share price range 

Stockmarket capitalisation at year end  

Net tangible assets per share  

Profit margin (earnings before net borrowing costs, IMIs and tax/sales)  

cents

cents

cents

cents

%

High

Low

Year end

20.9 

12.5 

10.7

9.4 

12

$4.03

$3.34

$3.98

18.9 

18.9 

9.4 

9.1 

–

$3.89

$2.78

$3.60

17.5 

7.6 

8.7 

11.5 

47 

$4.07

$2.67

$2.82

23.8 

23.8 

11.8 

11.7 

38 

$4.36

$2.70

$3.90

21.7 

15.0 

10.8 

9.3 

31 

$3.20

$2.37

$2.71

$mill

6,488.3 

6,073.8 

4,757.8 

6,574.1 

4,485.0 

$

%

 1.04 

14.4 

 0.97 

14.4 

 0.83 

12.8 

 0.80 

15.8 

 0.85 

15.5 

Net borrowings (interest bearing liabilities net of cash) 

$mill

1,786.3 

1,596.2 

1,862.3 

1,947.4 

1,672.4 

Gearing (net borrowings/net borrowings plus equity)  

%

27.4 

25.1 

28.9 

29.3 

27.5 

Interest cover (earnings before net borrowing costs, IMIs and  
tax/net borrowing costs) 

Net capital expenditure on plant and equipment (cash flow)  

Net capital expenditure on acquisitions (cash flow)  

Return on average shareholders funds

before IMIs  
including IMIs  

times

$mill

$mill

% 
%

4.3 

319.1 

5.8 

7.3 
4.4 

4.6 

279.9 

2.5 

6.8 
6.8 

8.5 

434.3 

–

6.4 
2.8 

8.4 

365.8 

–

8.8 
8.8 

6.8 

638.0 

–

8.3 
5.7 

90

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Auditor

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
550 Bourke Street,
Melbourne Victoria 3000,
Australia

Incitec Pivot Limited

Registered address and head office: 
Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place, 
Southbank Victoria 3006, 
Australia

GPO Box 1322, 
Melbourne Victoria 3001, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 3 8695 4400 
Facsimile: +61 3 8695 4419 
www.incitecpivot.com.au

Investor Information

Annual General Meeting 

10.30 am (Melbourne time)
Thursday, 20 December 2018
The Clarendon Auditorium
Level 2, Melbourne Exhibition Centre
2 Clarendon Street, 
South Wharf, Victoria 
Australia

Securities Exchange Listing 

Incitec Pivot Limited shares are listed on the
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and
are traded under the ASX code IPL

Notes issued under Incitec Pivot’s US$1,500,000,000  
Euro Medium Term Note Programme are listed on the 
Singapore Stock Exchange

Share Registry

Link Market Services Limited 
Level 12, 680 George Street, 
Sydney New South Wales 2000, 
Australia

Locked Bag A14, 
Sydney South,  
New South Wales 1235, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 1300 303 780 
General Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0303 
Proxy Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0309 
Email: registrars@linkmarketservices.com.au 
Website: www.linkmarketservices.com.au

American Depositary Receipts Registry

C/- BNY Mellon Shareowner Services 
462 South 4th Street 
Suite 1600 
Louisville KY 
40202

Telephone: 1-888-269-2377  
(available from within the United States) 
+1-201-680-6825 
(available from outside the United States)

Email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com   
Website: https://www-us.computershare.com/investor

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2018

91

Incitec Pivot Limited

ABN 42 004 080 264

Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place, 
Southbank Victoria 3006, 
Australia

Postal Address 
Incitec Pivot Limited 
GPO Box 1322, 
Melbourne Victoria 3001, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 3 8695 4400 
Facsimile:  +61 3 8695 4419 
www.incitecpivot.com.au

This publication has been printed in Australia on Monza Recycled which contains 99% recycled fibre, and elemental chlorine free pulp.  
All virgin pulp is derived from well-managed forests and recycled wood fibre. Monza Recycled is manufactured by an ISO 14001 certified mill.